| 1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 2 | // Name: generic/grid.cpp |
| 3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes |
| 4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) |
| 5 | // Modified by: |
| 6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 |
| 7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ |
| 8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) |
| 9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence |
| 10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 11 | |
| 12 | // ============================================================================ |
| 13 | // declarations |
| 14 | // ============================================================================ |
| 15 | |
| 16 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 17 | // headers |
| 18 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 19 | |
| 20 | #ifdef __GNUG__ |
| 21 | #pragma implementation "grid.h" |
| 22 | #endif |
| 23 | |
| 24 | // For compilers that support precompilatixon, includes "wx/wx.h". |
| 25 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" |
| 26 | |
| 27 | #include "wx/defs.h" |
| 28 | |
| 29 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ |
| 30 | #pragma hdrstop |
| 31 | #endif |
| 32 | |
| 33 | #if !defined(wxUSE_NEW_GRID) || !(wxUSE_NEW_GRID) |
| 34 | #include "gridg.cpp" |
| 35 | #else |
| 36 | |
| 37 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP |
| 38 | #include "wx/utils.h" |
| 39 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" |
| 40 | #include "wx/settings.h" |
| 41 | #include "wx/log.h" |
| 42 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" |
| 43 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" |
| 44 | #include "wx/combobox.h" |
| 45 | #include "wx/valtext.h" |
| 46 | #endif |
| 47 | |
| 48 | #include "wx/textfile.h" |
| 49 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" |
| 50 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" |
| 51 | |
| 52 | #include "wx/grid.h" |
| 53 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" |
| 54 | |
| 55 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 56 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) |
| 57 | #else |
| 58 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier |
| 59 | #endif |
| 60 | |
| 61 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) |
| 62 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) |
| 63 | #else |
| 64 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier |
| 65 | #endif |
| 66 | |
| 67 | // Required for wxIs... functions |
| 68 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 69 | |
| 70 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 71 | // array classes |
| 72 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 73 | |
| 74 | WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs); |
| 75 | |
| 76 | struct wxGridCellWithAttr |
| 77 | { |
| 78 | wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) |
| 79 | : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) |
| 80 | { |
| 81 | } |
| 82 | |
| 83 | ~wxGridCellWithAttr() |
| 84 | { |
| 85 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 86 | } |
| 87 | |
| 88 | wxGridCellCoords coords; |
| 89 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; |
| 90 | }; |
| 91 | |
| 92 | WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray); |
| 93 | |
| 94 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" |
| 95 | |
| 96 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) |
| 97 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) |
| 98 | |
| 99 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 100 | // private classes |
| 101 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 102 | |
| 103 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow |
| 104 | { |
| 105 | public: |
| 106 | wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } |
| 107 | wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, |
| 108 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); |
| 109 | |
| 110 | private: |
| 111 | wxGrid *m_owner; |
| 112 | |
| 113 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); |
| 114 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); |
| 115 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); |
| 116 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); |
| 117 | |
| 118 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) |
| 119 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 120 | }; |
| 121 | |
| 122 | |
| 123 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow |
| 124 | { |
| 125 | public: |
| 126 | wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } |
| 127 | wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, |
| 128 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); |
| 129 | |
| 130 | private: |
| 131 | wxGrid *m_owner; |
| 132 | |
| 133 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); |
| 134 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); |
| 135 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); |
| 136 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); |
| 137 | |
| 138 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) |
| 139 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 140 | }; |
| 141 | |
| 142 | |
| 143 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow |
| 144 | { |
| 145 | public: |
| 146 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } |
| 147 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, |
| 148 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); |
| 149 | |
| 150 | private: |
| 151 | wxGrid *m_owner; |
| 152 | |
| 153 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); |
| 154 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); |
| 155 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); |
| 156 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); |
| 157 | |
| 158 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) |
| 159 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 160 | }; |
| 161 | |
| 162 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridWindow : public wxPanel |
| 163 | { |
| 164 | public: |
| 165 | wxGridWindow() |
| 166 | { |
| 167 | m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; |
| 168 | m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL; |
| 169 | m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL; |
| 170 | } |
| 171 | |
| 172 | wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, |
| 173 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, |
| 174 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, |
| 175 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); |
| 176 | ~wxGridWindow(); |
| 177 | |
| 178 | void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); |
| 179 | |
| 180 | private: |
| 181 | wxGrid *m_owner; |
| 182 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; |
| 183 | wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin; |
| 184 | |
| 185 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); |
| 186 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); |
| 187 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); |
| 188 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); |
| 189 | void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); |
| 190 | |
| 191 | |
| 192 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow) |
| 193 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 194 | }; |
| 195 | |
| 196 | |
| 197 | |
| 198 | class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler |
| 199 | { |
| 200 | public: |
| 201 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler() |
| 202 | : m_grid(0), m_editor(0) |
| 203 | { } |
| 204 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) |
| 205 | : m_grid(grid), m_editor(editor) |
| 206 | { } |
| 207 | |
| 208 | void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); |
| 209 | void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); |
| 210 | |
| 211 | private: |
| 212 | wxGrid* m_grid; |
| 213 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; |
| 214 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) |
| 215 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 216 | }; |
| 217 | |
| 218 | |
| 219 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) |
| 220 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) |
| 221 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) |
| 222 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) |
| 223 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 224 | |
| 225 | |
| 226 | |
| 227 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 228 | // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider |
| 229 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 230 | |
| 231 | // this class stores attributes set for cells |
| 232 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrData |
| 233 | { |
| 234 | public: |
| 235 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); |
| 236 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; |
| 237 | void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); |
| 238 | void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); |
| 239 | |
| 240 | private: |
| 241 | // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found |
| 242 | int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; |
| 243 | |
| 244 | wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; |
| 245 | }; |
| 246 | |
| 247 | // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns |
| 248 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowOrColAttrData |
| 249 | { |
| 250 | public: |
| 251 | // empty ctor to suppress warnings |
| 252 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData() { } |
| 253 | ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); |
| 254 | |
| 255 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); |
| 256 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; |
| 257 | void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); |
| 258 | |
| 259 | private: |
| 260 | wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; |
| 261 | wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; |
| 262 | }; |
| 263 | |
| 264 | // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell |
| 265 | // attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones |
| 266 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrProviderData |
| 267 | { |
| 268 | public: |
| 269 | wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; |
| 270 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, |
| 271 | m_colAttrs; |
| 272 | }; |
| 273 | |
| 274 | |
| 275 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 276 | // data structures used for the data type registry |
| 277 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 278 | |
| 279 | struct wxGridDataTypeInfo |
| 280 | { |
| 281 | wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, |
| 282 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, |
| 283 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) |
| 284 | : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) |
| 285 | { } |
| 286 | |
| 287 | ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() |
| 288 | { |
| 289 | wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); |
| 290 | wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); |
| 291 | } |
| 292 | |
| 293 | wxString m_typeName; |
| 294 | wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; |
| 295 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; |
| 296 | }; |
| 297 | |
| 298 | |
| 299 | WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray); |
| 300 | |
| 301 | |
| 302 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridTypeRegistry |
| 303 | { |
| 304 | public: |
| 305 | wxGridTypeRegistry() {} |
| 306 | ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); |
| 307 | |
| 308 | void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, |
| 309 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, |
| 310 | wxGridCellEditor* editor); |
| 311 | |
| 312 | // find one of already registered data types |
| 313 | int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); |
| 314 | |
| 315 | // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of |
| 316 | // standard typenames, register it and return its index |
| 317 | int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); |
| 318 | |
| 319 | // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already |
| 320 | // registered data types with some params in which case clone the |
| 321 | // registered data type and set params for it |
| 322 | int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); |
| 323 | |
| 324 | wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); |
| 325 | wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); |
| 326 | |
| 327 | private: |
| 328 | wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; |
| 329 | }; |
| 330 | |
| 331 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 332 | // conditional compilation |
| 333 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 334 | |
| 335 | #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES |
| 336 | #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1 |
| 337 | #endif |
| 338 | |
| 339 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 340 | // globals |
| 341 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 342 | |
| 343 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 344 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 345 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; |
| 346 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; |
| 347 | #endif // DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 348 | |
| 349 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 350 | // constants |
| 351 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 352 | |
| 353 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); |
| 354 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); |
| 355 | |
| 356 | // scroll line size |
| 357 | // TODO: fixed so far - make configurable later (and also different for x/y) |
| 358 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE = 10; |
| 359 | |
| 360 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements |
| 361 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) |
| 362 | static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; |
| 363 | |
| 364 | // ============================================================================ |
| 365 | // implementation |
| 366 | // ============================================================================ |
| 367 | |
| 368 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 369 | // wxGridCellEditor |
| 370 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 371 | |
| 372 | wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() |
| 373 | { |
| 374 | m_control = NULL; |
| 375 | } |
| 376 | |
| 377 | |
| 378 | wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() |
| 379 | { |
| 380 | Destroy(); |
| 381 | } |
| 382 | |
| 383 | void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), |
| 384 | wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), |
| 385 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) |
| 386 | { |
| 387 | if ( evtHandler ) |
| 388 | m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); |
| 389 | } |
| 390 | |
| 391 | void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, |
| 392 | wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 393 | { |
| 394 | // erase the background because we might not fill the cell |
| 395 | wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); |
| 396 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); |
| 397 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); |
| 398 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); |
| 399 | |
| 400 | // redraw the control we just painted over |
| 401 | m_control->Refresh(); |
| 402 | } |
| 403 | |
| 404 | void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() |
| 405 | { |
| 406 | if (m_control) |
| 407 | { |
| 408 | m_control->PopEventHandler(TRUE /* delete it*/); |
| 409 | |
| 410 | m_control->Destroy(); |
| 411 | m_control = NULL; |
| 412 | } |
| 413 | } |
| 414 | |
| 415 | void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 416 | { |
| 417 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, |
| 418 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); |
| 419 | m_control->Show(show); |
| 420 | |
| 421 | if ( show ) |
| 422 | { |
| 423 | // set the colours/fonts if we have any |
| 424 | if ( attr ) |
| 425 | { |
| 426 | m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); |
| 427 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); |
| 428 | |
| 429 | m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 430 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); |
| 431 | |
| 432 | m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); |
| 433 | m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); |
| 434 | |
| 435 | // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other |
| 436 | // attributes may only be used by the derived classes |
| 437 | } |
| 438 | } |
| 439 | else |
| 440 | { |
| 441 | // restore the standard colours fonts |
| 442 | if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) |
| 443 | { |
| 444 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); |
| 445 | m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; |
| 446 | } |
| 447 | |
| 448 | if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) |
| 449 | { |
| 450 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); |
| 451 | m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; |
| 452 | } |
| 453 | |
| 454 | if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) |
| 455 | { |
| 456 | m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); |
| 457 | m_fontOld = wxNullFont; |
| 458 | } |
| 459 | } |
| 460 | } |
| 461 | |
| 462 | void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) |
| 463 | { |
| 464 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, |
| 465 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); |
| 466 | m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); |
| 467 | } |
| 468 | |
| 469 | void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 470 | { |
| 471 | event.Skip(); |
| 472 | } |
| 473 | |
| 474 | bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 475 | { |
| 476 | // accept the simple key presses, not anything with Ctrl/Alt/Meta |
| 477 | return !event.HasModifiers(); |
| 478 | } |
| 479 | |
| 480 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 481 | { |
| 482 | event.Skip(); |
| 483 | } |
| 484 | |
| 485 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() |
| 486 | { |
| 487 | } |
| 488 | |
| 489 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 490 | // wxGridCellTextEditor |
| 491 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 492 | |
| 493 | wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() |
| 494 | { |
| 495 | m_maxChars = 0; |
| 496 | } |
| 497 | |
| 498 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, |
| 499 | wxWindowID id, |
| 500 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) |
| 501 | { |
| 502 | m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, |
| 503 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize |
| 504 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) |
| 505 | , wxTE_MULTILINE | wxTE_NO_VSCROLL | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL |
| 506 | #endif |
| 507 | ); |
| 508 | |
| 509 | // TODO: use m_maxChars |
| 510 | |
| 511 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); |
| 512 | } |
| 513 | |
| 514 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), |
| 515 | wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) |
| 516 | { |
| 517 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize |
| 518 | // flicker |
| 519 | } |
| 520 | |
| 521 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) |
| 522 | { |
| 523 | wxRect rect(rectOrig); |
| 524 | |
| 525 | // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal |
| 526 | // margins |
| 527 | // |
| 528 | // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for |
| 529 | // unix |
| 530 | // |
| 531 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) |
| 532 | if (rect.x != 0) |
| 533 | { |
| 534 | rect.x += 1; |
| 535 | rect.y += 1; |
| 536 | rect.width -= 1; |
| 537 | rect.height -= 1; |
| 538 | } |
| 539 | #else // !GTK |
| 540 | int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 )? 2 : 1; |
| 541 | |
| 542 | // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show |
| 543 | // when the editor is in the first row. |
| 544 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) |
| 545 | int extra_y = 2; |
| 546 | #else |
| 547 | int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 )? 2 : 1; |
| 548 | #endif // MSW |
| 549 | |
| 550 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 551 | extra_x *= 2; |
| 552 | extra_y *= 2; |
| 553 | #endif |
| 554 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); |
| 555 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); |
| 556 | rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2*extra_x ); |
| 557 | rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2*extra_y ); |
| 558 | #endif // GTK/!GTK |
| 559 | |
| 560 | wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); |
| 561 | } |
| 562 | |
| 563 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) |
| 564 | { |
| 565 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, |
| 566 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); |
| 567 | |
| 568 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); |
| 569 | |
| 570 | DoBeginEdit(m_startValue); |
| 571 | } |
| 572 | |
| 573 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) |
| 574 | { |
| 575 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); |
| 576 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); |
| 577 | Text()->SetFocus(); |
| 578 | } |
| 579 | |
| 580 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, |
| 581 | wxGrid* grid) |
| 582 | { |
| 583 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, |
| 584 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); |
| 585 | |
| 586 | bool changed = FALSE; |
| 587 | wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); |
| 588 | if (value != m_startValue) |
| 589 | changed = TRUE; |
| 590 | |
| 591 | if (changed) |
| 592 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); |
| 593 | |
| 594 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; |
| 595 | Text()->SetValue(m_startValue); |
| 596 | |
| 597 | return changed; |
| 598 | } |
| 599 | |
| 600 | |
| 601 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() |
| 602 | { |
| 603 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, |
| 604 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); |
| 605 | |
| 606 | DoReset(m_startValue); |
| 607 | } |
| 608 | |
| 609 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) |
| 610 | { |
| 611 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); |
| 612 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); |
| 613 | } |
| 614 | |
| 615 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 616 | { |
| 617 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) |
| 618 | { |
| 619 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 620 | switch ( keycode ) |
| 621 | { |
| 622 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: |
| 623 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: |
| 624 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: |
| 625 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: |
| 626 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: |
| 627 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: |
| 628 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: |
| 629 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: |
| 630 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: |
| 631 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: |
| 632 | case WXK_MULTIPLY: |
| 633 | case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: |
| 634 | case WXK_ADD: |
| 635 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: |
| 636 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: |
| 637 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: |
| 638 | case WXK_DECIMAL: |
| 639 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: |
| 640 | case WXK_DIVIDE: |
| 641 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE: |
| 642 | return TRUE; |
| 643 | |
| 644 | default: |
| 645 | // accept 8 bit chars too if isprint() agrees |
| 646 | if ( (keycode < 255) && (isprint(keycode)) ) |
| 647 | return TRUE; |
| 648 | } |
| 649 | } |
| 650 | |
| 651 | return FALSE; |
| 652 | } |
| 653 | |
| 654 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 655 | { |
| 656 | // we don't check for !HasModifiers() because IsAcceptedKey() did it |
| 657 | |
| 658 | // insert the key in the control |
| 659 | wxChar ch; |
| 660 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 661 | switch ( keycode ) |
| 662 | { |
| 663 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: |
| 664 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: |
| 665 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: |
| 666 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: |
| 667 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: |
| 668 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: |
| 669 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: |
| 670 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: |
| 671 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: |
| 672 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: |
| 673 | ch = _T('0') + keycode - WXK_NUMPAD0; |
| 674 | break; |
| 675 | |
| 676 | case WXK_MULTIPLY: |
| 677 | case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: |
| 678 | ch = _T('*'); |
| 679 | break; |
| 680 | |
| 681 | case WXK_ADD: |
| 682 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: |
| 683 | ch = _T('+'); |
| 684 | break; |
| 685 | |
| 686 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: |
| 687 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: |
| 688 | ch = _T('-'); |
| 689 | break; |
| 690 | |
| 691 | case WXK_DECIMAL: |
| 692 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: |
| 693 | ch = _T('.'); |
| 694 | break; |
| 695 | |
| 696 | case WXK_DIVIDE: |
| 697 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE: |
| 698 | ch = _T('/'); |
| 699 | break; |
| 700 | |
| 701 | default: |
| 702 | if ( keycode < 256 && keycode >= 0 && isprint(keycode) ) |
| 703 | { |
| 704 | // FIXME this is not going to work for non letters... |
| 705 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() ) |
| 706 | { |
| 707 | keycode = tolower(keycode); |
| 708 | } |
| 709 | |
| 710 | ch = (wxChar)keycode; |
| 711 | } |
| 712 | else |
| 713 | { |
| 714 | ch = _T('\0'); |
| 715 | } |
| 716 | } |
| 717 | |
| 718 | if ( ch ) |
| 719 | { |
| 720 | Text()->AppendText(ch); |
| 721 | } |
| 722 | else |
| 723 | { |
| 724 | event.Skip(); |
| 725 | } |
| 726 | } |
| 727 | |
| 728 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& |
| 729 | WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) |
| 730 | { |
| 731 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) |
| 732 | // wxMotif needs a little extra help... |
| 733 | size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); |
| 734 | wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); |
| 735 | s = s.Left(pos) + "\n" + s.Mid(pos); |
| 736 | Text()->SetValue(s); |
| 737 | Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); |
| 738 | #else |
| 739 | // the other ports can handle a Return key press |
| 740 | // |
| 741 | event.Skip(); |
| 742 | #endif |
| 743 | } |
| 744 | |
| 745 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) |
| 746 | { |
| 747 | if ( !params ) |
| 748 | { |
| 749 | // reset to default |
| 750 | m_maxChars = 0; |
| 751 | } |
| 752 | else |
| 753 | { |
| 754 | long tmp; |
| 755 | if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) ) |
| 756 | { |
| 757 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); |
| 758 | } |
| 759 | else |
| 760 | { |
| 761 | m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; |
| 762 | } |
| 763 | } |
| 764 | } |
| 765 | |
| 766 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 767 | // wxGridCellNumberEditor |
| 768 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 769 | |
| 770 | wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) |
| 771 | { |
| 772 | m_min = min; |
| 773 | m_max = max; |
| 774 | } |
| 775 | |
| 776 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, |
| 777 | wxWindowID id, |
| 778 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) |
| 779 | { |
| 780 | if ( HasRange() ) |
| 781 | { |
| 782 | // create a spin ctrl |
| 783 | m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, -1, wxEmptyString, |
| 784 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, |
| 785 | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, |
| 786 | m_min, m_max); |
| 787 | |
| 788 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); |
| 789 | } |
| 790 | else |
| 791 | { |
| 792 | // just a text control |
| 793 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); |
| 794 | |
| 795 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS |
| 796 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); |
| 797 | #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS |
| 798 | } |
| 799 | } |
| 800 | |
| 801 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) |
| 802 | { |
| 803 | // first get the value |
| 804 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); |
| 805 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) |
| 806 | { |
| 807 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); |
| 808 | } |
| 809 | else |
| 810 | { |
| 811 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); |
| 812 | if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld)) |
| 813 | { |
| 814 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); |
| 815 | return; |
| 816 | } |
| 817 | } |
| 818 | |
| 819 | if ( HasRange() ) |
| 820 | { |
| 821 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); |
| 822 | Spin()->SetFocus(); |
| 823 | } |
| 824 | else |
| 825 | { |
| 826 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); |
| 827 | } |
| 828 | } |
| 829 | |
| 830 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, |
| 831 | wxGrid* grid) |
| 832 | { |
| 833 | bool changed; |
| 834 | long value; |
| 835 | |
| 836 | if ( HasRange() ) |
| 837 | { |
| 838 | value = Spin()->GetValue(); |
| 839 | changed = value != m_valueOld; |
| 840 | } |
| 841 | else |
| 842 | { |
| 843 | changed = Text()->GetValue().ToLong(&value) && (value != m_valueOld); |
| 844 | } |
| 845 | |
| 846 | if ( changed ) |
| 847 | { |
| 848 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)) |
| 849 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value); |
| 850 | else |
| 851 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value)); |
| 852 | } |
| 853 | |
| 854 | return changed; |
| 855 | } |
| 856 | |
| 857 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() |
| 858 | { |
| 859 | if ( HasRange() ) |
| 860 | { |
| 861 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); |
| 862 | } |
| 863 | else |
| 864 | { |
| 865 | DoReset(GetString()); |
| 866 | } |
| 867 | } |
| 868 | |
| 869 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 870 | { |
| 871 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) |
| 872 | { |
| 873 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 874 | switch ( keycode ) |
| 875 | { |
| 876 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: |
| 877 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: |
| 878 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: |
| 879 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: |
| 880 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: |
| 881 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: |
| 882 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: |
| 883 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: |
| 884 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: |
| 885 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: |
| 886 | case WXK_ADD: |
| 887 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: |
| 888 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: |
| 889 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: |
| 890 | case WXK_UP: |
| 891 | case WXK_DOWN: |
| 892 | return TRUE; |
| 893 | |
| 894 | default: |
| 895 | if ( (keycode < 128) && isdigit(keycode) ) |
| 896 | return TRUE; |
| 897 | } |
| 898 | } |
| 899 | |
| 900 | return FALSE; |
| 901 | } |
| 902 | |
| 903 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 904 | { |
| 905 | if ( !HasRange() ) |
| 906 | { |
| 907 | int keycode = (int) event.KeyCode(); |
| 908 | if ( isdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' ) |
| 909 | { |
| 910 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); |
| 911 | |
| 912 | // skip Skip() below |
| 913 | return; |
| 914 | } |
| 915 | } |
| 916 | |
| 917 | event.Skip(); |
| 918 | } |
| 919 | |
| 920 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) |
| 921 | { |
| 922 | if ( !params ) |
| 923 | { |
| 924 | // reset to default |
| 925 | m_min = |
| 926 | m_max = -1; |
| 927 | } |
| 928 | else |
| 929 | { |
| 930 | long tmp; |
| 931 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) |
| 932 | { |
| 933 | m_min = (int)tmp; |
| 934 | |
| 935 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) |
| 936 | { |
| 937 | m_max = (int)tmp; |
| 938 | |
| 939 | // skip the error message below |
| 940 | return; |
| 941 | } |
| 942 | } |
| 943 | |
| 944 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); |
| 945 | } |
| 946 | } |
| 947 | |
| 948 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 949 | // wxGridCellFloatEditor |
| 950 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 951 | |
| 952 | wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision) |
| 953 | { |
| 954 | m_width = width; |
| 955 | m_precision = precision; |
| 956 | } |
| 957 | |
| 958 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, |
| 959 | wxWindowID id, |
| 960 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) |
| 961 | { |
| 962 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); |
| 963 | |
| 964 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS |
| 965 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); |
| 966 | #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS |
| 967 | } |
| 968 | |
| 969 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) |
| 970 | { |
| 971 | // first get the value |
| 972 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); |
| 973 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) |
| 974 | { |
| 975 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); |
| 976 | } |
| 977 | else |
| 978 | { |
| 979 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); |
| 980 | if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld)) |
| 981 | { |
| 982 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") ); |
| 983 | return; |
| 984 | } |
| 985 | } |
| 986 | |
| 987 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); |
| 988 | } |
| 989 | |
| 990 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, |
| 991 | wxGrid* grid) |
| 992 | { |
| 993 | double value; |
| 994 | if ( Text()->GetValue().ToDouble(&value) && (value != m_valueOld) ) |
| 995 | { |
| 996 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)) |
| 997 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value); |
| 998 | else |
| 999 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, wxString::Format(wxT("%f"), value)); |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | return TRUE; |
| 1002 | } |
| 1003 | else |
| 1004 | { |
| 1005 | return FALSE; |
| 1006 | } |
| 1007 | } |
| 1008 | |
| 1009 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() |
| 1010 | { |
| 1011 | DoReset(GetString()); |
| 1012 | } |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 1015 | { |
| 1016 | int keycode = (int)event.KeyCode(); |
| 1017 | if ( isdigit(keycode) || |
| 1018 | keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' || keycode == '.' ) |
| 1019 | { |
| 1020 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 | // skip Skip() below |
| 1023 | return; |
| 1024 | } |
| 1025 | |
| 1026 | event.Skip(); |
| 1027 | } |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) |
| 1030 | { |
| 1031 | if ( !params ) |
| 1032 | { |
| 1033 | // reset to default |
| 1034 | m_width = |
| 1035 | m_precision = -1; |
| 1036 | } |
| 1037 | else |
| 1038 | { |
| 1039 | long tmp; |
| 1040 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) |
| 1041 | { |
| 1042 | m_width = (int)tmp; |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) |
| 1045 | { |
| 1046 | m_precision = (int)tmp; |
| 1047 | |
| 1048 | // skip the error message below |
| 1049 | return; |
| 1050 | } |
| 1051 | } |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); |
| 1054 | } |
| 1055 | } |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 | wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const |
| 1058 | { |
| 1059 | wxString fmt; |
| 1060 | if ( m_width == -1 ) |
| 1061 | { |
| 1062 | // default width/precision |
| 1063 | fmt = _T("%g"); |
| 1064 | } |
| 1065 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) |
| 1066 | { |
| 1067 | // default precision |
| 1068 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.g"), m_width); |
| 1069 | } |
| 1070 | else |
| 1071 | { |
| 1072 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%dg"), m_width, m_precision); |
| 1073 | } |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 | return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld); |
| 1076 | } |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 1079 | { |
| 1080 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) |
| 1081 | { |
| 1082 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 1083 | switch ( keycode ) |
| 1084 | { |
| 1085 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: |
| 1086 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: |
| 1087 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: |
| 1088 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: |
| 1089 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: |
| 1090 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: |
| 1091 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: |
| 1092 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: |
| 1093 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: |
| 1094 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: |
| 1095 | case WXK_ADD: |
| 1096 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: |
| 1097 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: |
| 1098 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: |
| 1099 | case WXK_DECIMAL: |
| 1100 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: |
| 1101 | return TRUE; |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 | default: |
| 1104 | // additionally accept 'e' as in '1e+6' |
| 1105 | if ( (keycode < 128) && |
| 1106 | (isdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e') ) |
| 1107 | return TRUE; |
| 1108 | } |
| 1109 | } |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | return FALSE; |
| 1112 | } |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1115 | // wxGridCellBoolEditor |
| 1116 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, |
| 1119 | wxWindowID id, |
| 1120 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) |
| 1121 | { |
| 1122 | m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, |
| 1123 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, |
| 1124 | wxNO_BORDER); |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); |
| 1127 | } |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) |
| 1130 | { |
| 1131 | bool resize = FALSE; |
| 1132 | wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); |
| 1133 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 | // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell |
| 1136 | wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); |
| 1137 | if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) |
| 1138 | { |
| 1139 | // reset to default size if it had been made smaller |
| 1140 | size = sizeBest; |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | resize = TRUE; |
| 1143 | } |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) |
| 1146 | { |
| 1147 | // leave 1 pixel margin |
| 1148 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 | resize = TRUE; |
| 1151 | } |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | if ( resize ) |
| 1154 | { |
| 1155 | m_control->SetSize(size); |
| 1156 | } |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) |
| 1161 | // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, |
| 1162 | // so shift it to the right |
| 1163 | size.x -= 8; |
| 1164 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) |
| 1165 | // here too, but in other way |
| 1166 | size.x += 1; |
| 1167 | size.y -= 2; |
| 1168 | #endif |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 | m_control->Move(r.x + r.width/2 - size.x/2, r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2); |
| 1171 | } |
| 1172 | |
| 1173 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 1174 | { |
| 1175 | m_control->Show(show); |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 | if ( show ) |
| 1178 | { |
| 1179 | wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; |
| 1180 | CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); |
| 1181 | } |
| 1182 | } |
| 1183 | |
| 1184 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) |
| 1185 | { |
| 1186 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, |
| 1187 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) |
| 1190 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); |
| 1191 | else |
| 1192 | { |
| 1193 | wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); |
| 1194 | m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == "0") ); |
| 1195 | } |
| 1196 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); |
| 1197 | CBox()->SetFocus(); |
| 1198 | } |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, |
| 1201 | wxGrid* grid) |
| 1202 | { |
| 1203 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, |
| 1204 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | bool changed = FALSE; |
| 1207 | bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); |
| 1208 | if ( value != m_startValue ) |
| 1209 | changed = TRUE; |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 | if ( changed ) |
| 1212 | { |
| 1213 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) |
| 1214 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value); |
| 1215 | else |
| 1216 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString); |
| 1217 | } |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 | return changed; |
| 1220 | } |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() |
| 1223 | { |
| 1224 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, |
| 1225 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); |
| 1228 | } |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() |
| 1231 | { |
| 1232 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); |
| 1233 | } |
| 1234 | |
| 1235 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 1236 | { |
| 1237 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) |
| 1238 | { |
| 1239 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); |
| 1240 | switch ( keycode ) |
| 1241 | { |
| 1242 | case WXK_MULTIPLY: |
| 1243 | case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: |
| 1244 | case WXK_ADD: |
| 1245 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: |
| 1246 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: |
| 1247 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: |
| 1248 | case WXK_SPACE: |
| 1249 | case '+': |
| 1250 | case '-': |
| 1251 | return TRUE; |
| 1252 | } |
| 1253 | } |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | return FALSE; |
| 1256 | } |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1259 | // wxGridCellChoiceEditor |
| 1260 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, |
| 1263 | const wxString choices[], |
| 1264 | bool allowOthers) |
| 1265 | : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) |
| 1266 | { |
| 1267 | if ( count ) |
| 1268 | { |
| 1269 | m_choices.Alloc(count); |
| 1270 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 1271 | { |
| 1272 | m_choices.Add(choices[n]); |
| 1273 | } |
| 1274 | } |
| 1275 | } |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const |
| 1278 | { |
| 1279 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; |
| 1280 | editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; |
| 1281 | editor->m_choices = m_choices; |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | return editor; |
| 1284 | } |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, |
| 1287 | wxWindowID id, |
| 1288 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) |
| 1289 | { |
| 1290 | size_t count = m_choices.GetCount(); |
| 1291 | wxString *choices = new wxString[count]; |
| 1292 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 1293 | { |
| 1294 | choices[n] = m_choices[n]; |
| 1295 | } |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 | m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, |
| 1298 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, |
| 1299 | count, choices, |
| 1300 | m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY); |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | delete [] choices; |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); |
| 1305 | } |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, |
| 1308 | wxGridCellAttr * attr) |
| 1309 | { |
| 1310 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize |
| 1311 | // flicker |
| 1312 | |
| 1313 | // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a |
| 1314 | // combo always defaults to the standard... Until someone has time to |
| 1315 | // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way... |
| 1316 | wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); |
| 1317 | } |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) |
| 1320 | { |
| 1321 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, |
| 1322 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); |
| 1327 | size_t count = m_choices.GetCount(); |
| 1328 | for (size_t i=0; i<count; i++) |
| 1329 | { |
| 1330 | if (m_startValue == m_choices[i]) |
| 1331 | { |
| 1332 | Combo()->SetSelection(i); |
| 1333 | break; |
| 1334 | } |
| 1335 | } |
| 1336 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); |
| 1337 | Combo()->SetFocus(); |
| 1338 | } |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 | bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, |
| 1341 | wxGrid* grid) |
| 1342 | { |
| 1343 | wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); |
| 1344 | bool changed = value != m_startValue; |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 | if ( changed ) |
| 1347 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; |
| 1350 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 | return changed; |
| 1353 | } |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() |
| 1356 | { |
| 1357 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); |
| 1358 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); |
| 1359 | } |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) |
| 1362 | { |
| 1363 | if ( !params ) |
| 1364 | { |
| 1365 | // what can we do? |
| 1366 | return; |
| 1367 | } |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | m_choices.Empty(); |
| 1370 | |
| 1371 | wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(',')); |
| 1372 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) |
| 1373 | { |
| 1374 | m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); |
| 1375 | } |
| 1376 | } |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1379 | // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler |
| 1380 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 1383 | { |
| 1384 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) |
| 1385 | { |
| 1386 | case WXK_ESCAPE: |
| 1387 | m_editor->Reset(); |
| 1388 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 1389 | break; |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | case WXK_TAB: |
| 1392 | event.Skip( m_grid->ProcessEvent( event ) ); |
| 1393 | break; |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 | case WXK_RETURN: |
| 1396 | if (!m_grid->ProcessEvent(event)) |
| 1397 | m_editor->HandleReturn(event); |
| 1398 | break; |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | default: |
| 1402 | event.Skip(); |
| 1403 | } |
| 1404 | } |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) |
| 1407 | { |
| 1408 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) |
| 1409 | { |
| 1410 | case WXK_ESCAPE: |
| 1411 | case WXK_TAB: |
| 1412 | case WXK_RETURN: |
| 1413 | break; |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 | default: |
| 1416 | event.Skip(); |
| 1417 | } |
| 1418 | } |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1421 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for |
| 1422 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting |
| 1423 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) |
| 1426 | { |
| 1427 | // nothing to do |
| 1428 | } |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() |
| 1431 | { |
| 1432 | } |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 | // ============================================================================ |
| 1435 | // renderer classes |
| 1436 | // ============================================================================ |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1439 | // wxGridCellRenderer |
| 1440 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 | void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, |
| 1443 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1444 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1445 | const wxRect& rect, |
| 1446 | int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 1447 | bool isSelected) |
| 1448 | { |
| 1449 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID ); |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 | if ( isSelected ) |
| 1452 | { |
| 1453 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) ); |
| 1454 | } |
| 1455 | else |
| 1456 | { |
| 1457 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); |
| 1458 | } |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); |
| 1461 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); |
| 1462 | } |
| 1463 | |
| 1464 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1465 | // wxGridCellStringRenderer |
| 1466 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(wxGrid& grid, |
| 1469 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1470 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1471 | bool isSelected) |
| 1472 | { |
| 1473 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 | // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 | if ( isSelected ) |
| 1478 | { |
| 1479 | dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() ); |
| 1480 | dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); |
| 1481 | } |
| 1482 | else |
| 1483 | { |
| 1484 | dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); |
| 1485 | dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); |
| 1486 | } |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 | dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); |
| 1489 | } |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1492 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1493 | const wxString& text) |
| 1494 | { |
| 1495 | wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0; |
| 1496 | dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); |
| 1497 | wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n')); |
| 1498 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) |
| 1499 | { |
| 1500 | dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y); |
| 1501 | max_x = wxMax(max_x, x); |
| 1502 | } |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines. |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | return wxSize(max_x, y); |
| 1507 | } |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, |
| 1510 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1511 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1512 | int row, int col) |
| 1513 | { |
| 1514 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); |
| 1515 | } |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, |
| 1518 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1519 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1520 | const wxRect& rectCell, |
| 1521 | int row, int col, |
| 1522 | bool isSelected) |
| 1523 | { |
| 1524 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 | // now we only have to draw the text |
| 1527 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | int hAlign, vAlign; |
| 1530 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 | wxRect rect = rectCell; |
| 1533 | rect.Inflate(-1); |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), |
| 1536 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); |
| 1537 | } |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1540 | // wxGridCellNumberRenderer |
| 1541 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) |
| 1544 | { |
| 1545 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); |
| 1546 | wxString text; |
| 1547 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) |
| 1548 | { |
| 1549 | text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); |
| 1550 | } |
| 1551 | else |
| 1552 | { |
| 1553 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); |
| 1554 | } |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | return text; |
| 1557 | } |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, |
| 1560 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1561 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1562 | const wxRect& rectCell, |
| 1563 | int row, int col, |
| 1564 | bool isSelected) |
| 1565 | { |
| 1566 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | // draw the text right aligned by default |
| 1571 | int hAlign, vAlign; |
| 1572 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); |
| 1573 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 | wxRect rect = rectCell; |
| 1576 | rect.Inflate(-1); |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); |
| 1579 | } |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 | wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, |
| 1582 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1583 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1584 | int row, int col) |
| 1585 | { |
| 1586 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); |
| 1587 | } |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1590 | // wxGridCellFloatRenderer |
| 1591 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) |
| 1594 | { |
| 1595 | SetWidth(width); |
| 1596 | SetPrecision(precision); |
| 1597 | } |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const |
| 1600 | { |
| 1601 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; |
| 1602 | renderer->m_width = m_width; |
| 1603 | renderer->m_precision = m_precision; |
| 1604 | renderer->m_format = m_format; |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 | return renderer; |
| 1607 | } |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) |
| 1610 | { |
| 1611 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 | bool hasDouble; |
| 1614 | double val; |
| 1615 | wxString text; |
| 1616 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) |
| 1617 | { |
| 1618 | val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); |
| 1619 | hasDouble = TRUE; |
| 1620 | } |
| 1621 | else |
| 1622 | { |
| 1623 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); |
| 1624 | hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); |
| 1625 | } |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 | if ( hasDouble ) |
| 1628 | { |
| 1629 | if ( !m_format ) |
| 1630 | { |
| 1631 | if ( m_width == -1 ) |
| 1632 | { |
| 1633 | // default width/precision |
| 1634 | m_format = _T("%f"); |
| 1635 | } |
| 1636 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) |
| 1637 | { |
| 1638 | // default precision |
| 1639 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); |
| 1640 | } |
| 1641 | else |
| 1642 | { |
| 1643 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); |
| 1644 | } |
| 1645 | } |
| 1646 | |
| 1647 | text.Printf(m_format, val); |
| 1648 | } |
| 1649 | //else: text already contains the string |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 | return text; |
| 1652 | } |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, |
| 1655 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1656 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1657 | const wxRect& rectCell, |
| 1658 | int row, int col, |
| 1659 | bool isSelected) |
| 1660 | { |
| 1661 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); |
| 1664 | |
| 1665 | // draw the text right aligned by default |
| 1666 | int hAlign, vAlign; |
| 1667 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); |
| 1668 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | wxRect rect = rectCell; |
| 1671 | rect.Inflate(-1); |
| 1672 | |
| 1673 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); |
| 1674 | } |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 | wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, |
| 1677 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1678 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1679 | int row, int col) |
| 1680 | { |
| 1681 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); |
| 1682 | } |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) |
| 1685 | { |
| 1686 | bool ok = TRUE; |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 | if ( !params ) |
| 1689 | { |
| 1690 | // reset to defaults |
| 1691 | SetWidth(-1); |
| 1692 | SetPrecision(-1); |
| 1693 | } |
| 1694 | else |
| 1695 | { |
| 1696 | wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')); |
| 1697 | if ( !!tmp ) |
| 1698 | { |
| 1699 | long width; |
| 1700 | if ( !tmp.ToLong(&width) ) |
| 1701 | { |
| 1702 | ok = FALSE; |
| 1703 | } |
| 1704 | else |
| 1705 | { |
| 1706 | SetWidth((int)width); |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 | tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(',')); |
| 1709 | if ( !!tmp ) |
| 1710 | { |
| 1711 | long precision; |
| 1712 | if ( !tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) |
| 1713 | { |
| 1714 | ok = FALSE; |
| 1715 | } |
| 1716 | else |
| 1717 | { |
| 1718 | SetPrecision((int)precision); |
| 1719 | } |
| 1720 | } |
| 1721 | } |
| 1722 | } |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 | if ( !ok ) |
| 1725 | { |
| 1726 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); |
| 1727 | } |
| 1728 | } |
| 1729 | } |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1732 | // wxGridCellBoolRenderer |
| 1733 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 | // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly... |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 | // between checkmark and box |
| 1740 | static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2; |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, |
| 1743 | wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), |
| 1744 | wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), |
| 1745 | int WXUNUSED(row), |
| 1746 | int WXUNUSED(col)) |
| 1747 | { |
| 1748 | // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) |
| 1749 | if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) |
| 1750 | { |
| 1751 | // get checkbox size |
| 1752 | wxCoord checkSize = 0; |
| 1753 | wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, -1, wxEmptyString); |
| 1754 | wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize(); |
| 1755 | checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN; |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 | // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result |
| 1758 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 1759 | checkSize -= size.y / 2; |
| 1760 | #endif |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 | delete checkbox; |
| 1763 | |
| 1764 | ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize; |
| 1765 | } |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 | return ms_sizeCheckMark; |
| 1768 | } |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, |
| 1771 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, |
| 1772 | wxDC& dc, |
| 1773 | const wxRect& rect, |
| 1774 | int row, int col, |
| 1775 | bool isSelected) |
| 1776 | { |
| 1777 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); |
| 1778 | |
| 1779 | // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) |
| 1780 | wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 | // don't draw outside the cell |
| 1783 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); |
| 1784 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) |
| 1785 | { |
| 1786 | // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin |
| 1787 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; |
| 1788 | } |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 | // draw a border around checkmark |
| 1791 | wxRect rectBorder; |
| 1792 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width/2 - size.x/2; |
| 1793 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2; |
| 1794 | rectBorder.width = size.x; |
| 1795 | rectBorder.height = size.y; |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 | bool value; |
| 1798 | if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) |
| 1799 | value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); |
| 1800 | else |
| 1801 | { |
| 1802 | wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); |
| 1803 | value = !( !cellval || (cellval == "0") ); |
| 1804 | } |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 | if ( value ) |
| 1807 | { |
| 1808 | wxRect rectMark = rectBorder; |
| 1809 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ |
| 1810 | // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...) |
| 1811 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN/2); |
| 1812 | rectMark.x++; |
| 1813 | rectMark.y++; |
| 1814 | #else // !MSW |
| 1815 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN); |
| 1816 | #endif // MSW/!MSW |
| 1817 | |
| 1818 | dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour()); |
| 1819 | dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark); |
| 1820 | } |
| 1821 | |
| 1822 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); |
| 1823 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID)); |
| 1824 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder); |
| 1825 | } |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1828 | // wxGridCellAttr |
| 1829 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const |
| 1832 | { |
| 1833 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr; |
| 1834 | if ( HasTextColour() ) |
| 1835 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); |
| 1836 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) |
| 1837 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); |
| 1838 | if ( HasFont() ) |
| 1839 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); |
| 1840 | if ( HasAlignment() ) |
| 1841 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 | if ( m_renderer ) |
| 1844 | { |
| 1845 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); |
| 1846 | m_renderer->IncRef(); |
| 1847 | } |
| 1848 | if ( m_editor ) |
| 1849 | { |
| 1850 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); |
| 1851 | m_editor->IncRef(); |
| 1852 | } |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) |
| 1855 | attr->SetReadOnly(); |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defGridAttr); |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 | return attr; |
| 1860 | } |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const |
| 1863 | { |
| 1864 | if (HasTextColour()) |
| 1865 | { |
| 1866 | return m_colText; |
| 1867 | } |
| 1868 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) |
| 1869 | { |
| 1870 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); |
| 1871 | } |
| 1872 | else |
| 1873 | { |
| 1874 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 1875 | return wxNullColour; |
| 1876 | } |
| 1877 | } |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 | |
| 1880 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const |
| 1881 | { |
| 1882 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) |
| 1883 | return m_colBack; |
| 1884 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) |
| 1885 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 1886 | else |
| 1887 | { |
| 1888 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 1889 | return wxNullColour; |
| 1890 | } |
| 1891 | } |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const |
| 1895 | { |
| 1896 | if (HasFont()) |
| 1897 | return m_font; |
| 1898 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) |
| 1899 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); |
| 1900 | else |
| 1901 | { |
| 1902 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 1903 | return wxNullFont; |
| 1904 | } |
| 1905 | } |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const |
| 1909 | { |
| 1910 | if (HasAlignment()) |
| 1911 | { |
| 1912 | if ( hAlign ) *hAlign = m_hAlign; |
| 1913 | if ( vAlign ) *vAlign = m_vAlign; |
| 1914 | } |
| 1915 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) |
| 1916 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); |
| 1917 | else |
| 1918 | { |
| 1919 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 1920 | } |
| 1921 | } |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about |
| 1925 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is |
| 1926 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and |
| 1927 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is |
| 1928 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its |
| 1929 | // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const |
| 1932 | { |
| 1933 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = NULL; |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | if ( m_defGridAttr != this || grid == NULL ) |
| 1936 | { |
| 1937 | renderer = m_renderer; // use local attribute |
| 1938 | if ( renderer ) |
| 1939 | renderer->IncRef(); |
| 1940 | } |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | if ( !renderer && grid ) // get renderer for the data type |
| 1943 | { |
| 1944 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us |
| 1945 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); |
| 1946 | } |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | if ( !renderer ) |
| 1949 | { |
| 1950 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default |
| 1951 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) |
| 1952 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL,0,0); |
| 1953 | } |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 | if ( !renderer) |
| 1956 | { |
| 1957 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 1958 | } |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | return renderer; |
| 1961 | } |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const |
| 1964 | { |
| 1965 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = NULL; |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 | if ( m_defGridAttr != this || grid == NULL ) |
| 1968 | { |
| 1969 | editor = m_editor; // use local attribute |
| 1970 | if ( editor ) |
| 1971 | editor->IncRef(); |
| 1972 | } |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | if ( !editor && grid ) // get renderer for the data type |
| 1975 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); |
| 1976 | |
| 1977 | if ( !editor ) |
| 1978 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default |
| 1979 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0); |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 | if ( !editor ) |
| 1982 | { |
| 1983 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); |
| 1984 | } |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | return editor; |
| 1987 | } |
| 1988 | |
| 1989 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1990 | // wxGridCellAttrData |
| 1991 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) |
| 1994 | { |
| 1995 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); |
| 1996 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 1997 | { |
| 1998 | // add the attribute |
| 1999 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); |
| 2000 | } |
| 2001 | else |
| 2002 | { |
| 2003 | if ( attr ) |
| 2004 | { |
| 2005 | // change the attribute |
| 2006 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr; |
| 2007 | } |
| 2008 | else |
| 2009 | { |
| 2010 | // remove this attribute |
| 2011 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); |
| 2012 | } |
| 2013 | } |
| 2014 | } |
| 2015 | |
| 2016 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const |
| 2017 | { |
| 2018 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; |
| 2019 | |
| 2020 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); |
| 2021 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 2022 | { |
| 2023 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; |
| 2024 | attr->IncRef(); |
| 2025 | } |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | return attr; |
| 2028 | } |
| 2029 | |
| 2030 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) |
| 2031 | { |
| 2032 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 2033 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 2034 | { |
| 2035 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; |
| 2036 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); |
| 2037 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) |
| 2038 | { |
| 2039 | if (numRows > 0) |
| 2040 | { |
| 2041 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary |
| 2042 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); |
| 2043 | } |
| 2044 | else if (numRows < 0) |
| 2045 | { |
| 2046 | // If rows deleted ... |
| 2047 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) |
| 2048 | { |
| 2049 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... |
| 2050 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); |
| 2051 | } |
| 2052 | else |
| 2053 | { |
| 2054 | // ...or remove the attribute |
| 2055 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); |
| 2056 | n--; count--; |
| 2057 | } |
| 2058 | } |
| 2059 | } |
| 2060 | } |
| 2061 | } |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) |
| 2064 | { |
| 2065 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 2066 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 2067 | { |
| 2068 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; |
| 2069 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); |
| 2070 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) |
| 2071 | { |
| 2072 | if ( numCols > 0 ) |
| 2073 | { |
| 2074 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary |
| 2075 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); |
| 2076 | } |
| 2077 | else if (numCols < 0) |
| 2078 | { |
| 2079 | // If rows deleted ... |
| 2080 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) |
| 2081 | { |
| 2082 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... |
| 2083 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); |
| 2084 | } |
| 2085 | else |
| 2086 | { |
| 2087 | // ...or remove the attribute |
| 2088 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); |
| 2089 | n--; count--; |
| 2090 | } |
| 2091 | } |
| 2092 | } |
| 2093 | } |
| 2094 | } |
| 2095 | |
| 2096 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const |
| 2097 | { |
| 2098 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 2099 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 2100 | { |
| 2101 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; |
| 2102 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) |
| 2103 | { |
| 2104 | return n; |
| 2105 | } |
| 2106 | } |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 2109 | } |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2112 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData |
| 2113 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() |
| 2116 | { |
| 2117 | size_t count = m_attrs.Count(); |
| 2118 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 2119 | { |
| 2120 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); |
| 2121 | } |
| 2122 | } |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const |
| 2125 | { |
| 2126 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); |
| 2129 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 2130 | { |
| 2131 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; |
| 2132 | attr->IncRef(); |
| 2133 | } |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | return attr; |
| 2136 | } |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) |
| 2139 | { |
| 2140 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); |
| 2141 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 2142 | { |
| 2143 | // add the attribute |
| 2144 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); |
| 2145 | m_attrs.Add(attr); |
| 2146 | } |
| 2147 | else |
| 2148 | { |
| 2149 | size_t n = (size_t)i; |
| 2150 | if ( attr ) |
| 2151 | { |
| 2152 | // change the attribute |
| 2153 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); |
| 2154 | m_attrs[n] = attr; |
| 2155 | } |
| 2156 | else |
| 2157 | { |
| 2158 | // remove this attribute |
| 2159 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); |
| 2160 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); |
| 2161 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); |
| 2162 | } |
| 2163 | } |
| 2164 | } |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) |
| 2167 | { |
| 2168 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); |
| 2169 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 2170 | { |
| 2171 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; |
| 2172 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) |
| 2173 | { |
| 2174 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) |
| 2175 | { |
| 2176 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary |
| 2177 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; |
| 2178 | } |
| 2179 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) |
| 2180 | { |
| 2181 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) |
| 2182 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) |
| 2183 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; |
| 2184 | else |
| 2185 | { |
| 2186 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt((size_t)n); |
| 2187 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); |
| 2188 | n--; count--; |
| 2189 | } |
| 2190 | } |
| 2191 | } |
| 2192 | } |
| 2193 | } |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2196 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider |
| 2197 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() |
| 2200 | { |
| 2201 | m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL; |
| 2202 | } |
| 2203 | |
| 2204 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() |
| 2205 | { |
| 2206 | delete m_data; |
| 2207 | } |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() |
| 2210 | { |
| 2211 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; |
| 2212 | } |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col) const |
| 2215 | { |
| 2216 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; |
| 2217 | if ( m_data ) |
| 2218 | { |
| 2219 | // first look for the attribute of this specific cell |
| 2220 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 | if ( !attr ) |
| 2223 | { |
| 2224 | // then look for the col attr (col attributes are more common than |
| 2225 | // the row ones, hence they have priority) |
| 2226 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); |
| 2227 | } |
| 2228 | |
| 2229 | if ( !attr ) |
| 2230 | { |
| 2231 | // finally try the row attributes |
| 2232 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); |
| 2233 | } |
| 2234 | } |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | return attr; |
| 2237 | } |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, |
| 2240 | int row, int col) |
| 2241 | { |
| 2242 | if ( !m_data ) |
| 2243 | InitData(); |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); |
| 2246 | } |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) |
| 2249 | { |
| 2250 | if ( !m_data ) |
| 2251 | InitData(); |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); |
| 2254 | } |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) |
| 2257 | { |
| 2258 | if ( !m_data ) |
| 2259 | InitData(); |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); |
| 2262 | } |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) |
| 2265 | { |
| 2266 | if ( m_data ) |
| 2267 | { |
| 2268 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); |
| 2269 | |
| 2270 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); |
| 2271 | } |
| 2272 | } |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) |
| 2275 | { |
| 2276 | if ( m_data ) |
| 2277 | { |
| 2278 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 2281 | } |
| 2282 | } |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2285 | // wxGridTypeRegistry |
| 2286 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() |
| 2289 | { |
| 2290 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count(); |
| 2291 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) |
| 2292 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; |
| 2293 | } |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, |
| 2297 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, |
| 2298 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) |
| 2299 | { |
| 2300 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 | // is it already registered? |
| 2303 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); |
| 2304 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 2305 | { |
| 2306 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; |
| 2307 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; |
| 2308 | } |
| 2309 | else |
| 2310 | { |
| 2311 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); |
| 2312 | } |
| 2313 | } |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) |
| 2316 | { |
| 2317 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); |
| 2318 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) |
| 2319 | { |
| 2320 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) |
| 2321 | { |
| 2322 | return i; |
| 2323 | } |
| 2324 | } |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 2327 | } |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) |
| 2330 | { |
| 2331 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); |
| 2332 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 2333 | { |
| 2334 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case |
| 2335 | // register it "on the fly" |
| 2336 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) |
| 2337 | { |
| 2338 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, |
| 2339 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, |
| 2340 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); |
| 2341 | } |
| 2342 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) |
| 2343 | { |
| 2344 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, |
| 2345 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, |
| 2346 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); |
| 2347 | } |
| 2348 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) |
| 2349 | { |
| 2350 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, |
| 2351 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, |
| 2352 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); |
| 2353 | } |
| 2354 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) |
| 2355 | { |
| 2356 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, |
| 2357 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, |
| 2358 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); |
| 2359 | } |
| 2360 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) |
| 2361 | { |
| 2362 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, |
| 2363 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, |
| 2364 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); |
| 2365 | } |
| 2366 | else |
| 2367 | { |
| 2368 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 2369 | } |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return |
| 2372 | // the last index |
| 2373 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; |
| 2374 | } |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 | return index; |
| 2377 | } |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) |
| 2380 | { |
| 2381 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); |
| 2382 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 2383 | { |
| 2384 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' |
| 2385 | // are the parameters for the renderer |
| 2386 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); |
| 2387 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 2388 | { |
| 2389 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
| 2390 | } |
| 2391 | |
| 2392 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); |
| 2393 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; |
| 2394 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); |
| 2395 | rendererOld->DecRef(); |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); |
| 2398 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; |
| 2399 | editor = editor->Clone(); |
| 2400 | editorOld->DecRef(); |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults |
| 2403 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); |
| 2404 | renderer->SetParameters(params); |
| 2405 | editor->SetParameters(params); |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | // register the new typename |
| 2408 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); |
| 2409 | |
| 2410 | // we just registered it, it's the last one |
| 2411 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; |
| 2412 | } |
| 2413 | |
| 2414 | return index; |
| 2415 | } |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) |
| 2418 | { |
| 2419 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; |
| 2420 | renderer->IncRef(); |
| 2421 | return renderer; |
| 2422 | } |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) |
| 2425 | { |
| 2426 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; |
| 2427 | editor->IncRef(); |
| 2428 | return editor; |
| 2429 | } |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2432 | // wxGridTableBase |
| 2433 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() |
| 2439 | { |
| 2440 | m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL; |
| 2441 | m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL; |
| 2442 | } |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() |
| 2445 | { |
| 2446 | delete m_attrProvider; |
| 2447 | } |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) |
| 2450 | { |
| 2451 | delete m_attrProvider; |
| 2452 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; |
| 2453 | } |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() |
| 2456 | { |
| 2457 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) |
| 2458 | { |
| 2459 | // use the default attr provider by default |
| 2460 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); |
| 2461 | } |
| 2462 | return TRUE; |
| 2463 | } |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col) |
| 2466 | { |
| 2467 | if ( m_attrProvider ) |
| 2468 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col); |
| 2469 | else |
| 2470 | return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; |
| 2471 | } |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) |
| 2474 | { |
| 2475 | if ( m_attrProvider ) |
| 2476 | { |
| 2477 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); |
| 2478 | } |
| 2479 | else |
| 2480 | { |
| 2481 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must |
| 2482 | // free it now |
| 2483 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 2484 | } |
| 2485 | } |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) |
| 2488 | { |
| 2489 | if ( m_attrProvider ) |
| 2490 | { |
| 2491 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); |
| 2492 | } |
| 2493 | else |
| 2494 | { |
| 2495 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must |
| 2496 | // free it now |
| 2497 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 2498 | } |
| 2499 | } |
| 2500 | |
| 2501 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) |
| 2502 | { |
| 2503 | if ( m_attrProvider ) |
| 2504 | { |
| 2505 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); |
| 2506 | } |
| 2507 | else |
| 2508 | { |
| 2509 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must |
| 2510 | // free it now |
| 2511 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 2512 | } |
| 2513 | } |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), |
| 2516 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) |
| 2517 | { |
| 2518 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | return FALSE; |
| 2521 | } |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) |
| 2524 | { |
| 2525 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | return FALSE; |
| 2528 | } |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), |
| 2531 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) |
| 2532 | { |
| 2533 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | return FALSE; |
| 2536 | } |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), |
| 2539 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) |
| 2540 | { |
| 2541 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 | return FALSE; |
| 2544 | } |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) |
| 2547 | { |
| 2548 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | return FALSE; |
| 2551 | } |
| 2552 | |
| 2553 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), |
| 2554 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) |
| 2555 | { |
| 2556 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 | return FALSE; |
| 2559 | } |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) |
| 2563 | { |
| 2564 | wxString s; |
| 2565 | s << row + 1; // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, no matter |
| 2566 | // how much it makes sense to us geeks. |
| 2567 | return s; |
| 2568 | } |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) |
| 2571 | { |
| 2572 | // default col labels are: |
| 2573 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z |
| 2574 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ |
| 2575 | // etc. |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 | wxString s; |
| 2578 | unsigned int i, n; |
| 2579 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) |
| 2580 | { |
| 2581 | s += (_T('A') + (wxChar)( col%26 )); |
| 2582 | col = col/26 - 1; |
| 2583 | if ( col < 0 ) break; |
| 2584 | } |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | // reverse the string... |
| 2587 | wxString s2; |
| 2588 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) |
| 2589 | { |
| 2590 | s2 += s[n-i-1]; |
| 2591 | } |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 | return s2; |
| 2594 | } |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) |
| 2598 | { |
| 2599 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; |
| 2600 | } |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 2603 | const wxString& typeName ) |
| 2604 | { |
| 2605 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; |
| 2606 | } |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) |
| 2609 | { |
| 2610 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); |
| 2611 | } |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) |
| 2614 | { |
| 2615 | return 0; |
| 2616 | } |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) |
| 2619 | { |
| 2620 | return 0.0; |
| 2621 | } |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) |
| 2624 | { |
| 2625 | return FALSE; |
| 2626 | } |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 2629 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) |
| 2630 | { |
| 2631 | } |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 2634 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) |
| 2635 | { |
| 2636 | } |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 2639 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) |
| 2640 | { |
| 2641 | } |
| 2642 | |
| 2643 | |
| 2644 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 2645 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) |
| 2646 | { |
| 2647 | return NULL; |
| 2648 | } |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), |
| 2651 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), |
| 2652 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) |
| 2653 | { |
| 2654 | } |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 2657 | // |
| 2658 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications |
| 2659 | // to the grid view |
| 2660 | // |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() |
| 2663 | { |
| 2664 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; |
| 2665 | m_id = -1; |
| 2666 | m_comInt1 = -1; |
| 2667 | m_comInt2 = -1; |
| 2668 | } |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, |
| 2671 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) |
| 2672 | { |
| 2673 | m_table = table; |
| 2674 | m_id = id; |
| 2675 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; |
| 2676 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; |
| 2677 | } |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 2682 | // |
| 2683 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will |
| 2684 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. |
| 2685 | // |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() |
| 2692 | : wxGridTableBase() |
| 2693 | { |
| 2694 | } |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) |
| 2697 | : wxGridTableBase() |
| 2698 | { |
| 2699 | int row, col; |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 | wxArrayString sa; |
| 2704 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); |
| 2705 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) |
| 2706 | { |
| 2707 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); |
| 2708 | } |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) |
| 2711 | { |
| 2712 | m_data.Add( sa ); |
| 2713 | } |
| 2714 | } |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 | wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable() |
| 2717 | { |
| 2718 | } |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows() |
| 2721 | { |
| 2722 | return m_data.GetCount(); |
| 2723 | } |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols() |
| 2726 | { |
| 2727 | if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 ) |
| 2728 | return m_data[0].GetCount(); |
| 2729 | else |
| 2730 | return 0; |
| 2731 | } |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) |
| 2734 | { |
| 2735 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), |
| 2736 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 | return m_data[row][col]; |
| 2739 | } |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) |
| 2742 | { |
| 2743 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), |
| 2744 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 | m_data[row][col] = value; |
| 2747 | } |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) |
| 2750 | { |
| 2751 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), |
| 2752 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 | return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString); |
| 2755 | } |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() |
| 2758 | { |
| 2759 | int row, col; |
| 2760 | int numRows, numCols; |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 2763 | if ( numRows > 0 ) |
| 2764 | { |
| 2765 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) |
| 2768 | { |
| 2769 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) |
| 2770 | { |
| 2771 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; |
| 2772 | } |
| 2773 | } |
| 2774 | } |
| 2775 | } |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) |
| 2779 | { |
| 2780 | size_t row, col; |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 2783 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : |
| 2784 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) |
| 2787 | { |
| 2788 | return AppendRows( numRows ); |
| 2789 | } |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 | wxArrayString sa; |
| 2792 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); |
| 2793 | for ( col = 0; col < curNumCols; col++ ) |
| 2794 | { |
| 2795 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); |
| 2796 | } |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 | for ( row = pos; row < pos + numRows; row++ ) |
| 2799 | { |
| 2800 | m_data.Insert( sa, row ); |
| 2801 | } |
| 2802 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 2803 | { |
| 2804 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 2805 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, |
| 2806 | pos, |
| 2807 | numRows ); |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 2810 | } |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 | return TRUE; |
| 2813 | } |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) |
| 2816 | { |
| 2817 | size_t row, col; |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 2820 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : |
| 2821 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 | wxArrayString sa; |
| 2824 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) |
| 2825 | { |
| 2826 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); |
| 2827 | for ( col = 0; col < curNumCols; col++ ) |
| 2828 | { |
| 2829 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); |
| 2830 | } |
| 2831 | } |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) |
| 2834 | { |
| 2835 | m_data.Add( sa ); |
| 2836 | } |
| 2837 | |
| 2838 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 2839 | { |
| 2840 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 2841 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, |
| 2842 | numRows ); |
| 2843 | |
| 2844 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 2845 | } |
| 2846 | |
| 2847 | return TRUE; |
| 2848 | } |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) |
| 2851 | { |
| 2852 | size_t n; |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 2855 | |
| 2856 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) |
| 2857 | { |
| 2858 | wxString errmsg; |
| 2859 | errmsg.Printf(wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%d, N=%d)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %d rows"), |
| 2860 | pos, numRows, curNumRows ); |
| 2861 | wxFAIL_MSG( errmsg ); |
| 2862 | return FALSE; |
| 2863 | } |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) |
| 2866 | { |
| 2867 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; |
| 2868 | } |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) |
| 2871 | { |
| 2872 | m_data.Empty(); // don't release memory just yet |
| 2873 | } |
| 2874 | else |
| 2875 | { |
| 2876 | for ( n = 0; n < numRows; n++ ) |
| 2877 | { |
| 2878 | m_data.Remove( pos ); |
| 2879 | } |
| 2880 | } |
| 2881 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 2882 | { |
| 2883 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 2884 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, |
| 2885 | pos, |
| 2886 | numRows ); |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 2889 | } |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 | return TRUE; |
| 2892 | } |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) |
| 2895 | { |
| 2896 | size_t row, col; |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 2899 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : |
| 2900 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); |
| 2901 | |
| 2902 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) |
| 2903 | { |
| 2904 | return AppendCols( numCols ); |
| 2905 | } |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) |
| 2908 | { |
| 2909 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) |
| 2910 | { |
| 2911 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); |
| 2912 | } |
| 2913 | } |
| 2914 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 2915 | { |
| 2916 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 2917 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, |
| 2918 | pos, |
| 2919 | numCols ); |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 2922 | } |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | return TRUE; |
| 2925 | } |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) |
| 2928 | { |
| 2929 | size_t row, n; |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 2932 | #if 0 |
| 2933 | if ( !curNumRows ) |
| 2934 | { |
| 2935 | // TODO: something better than this ? |
| 2936 | // |
| 2937 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") ); |
| 2938 | return FALSE; |
| 2939 | } |
| 2940 | #endif |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) |
| 2943 | { |
| 2944 | for ( n = 0; n < numCols; n++ ) |
| 2945 | { |
| 2946 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString ); |
| 2947 | } |
| 2948 | } |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 2951 | { |
| 2952 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 2953 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, |
| 2954 | numCols ); |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 2957 | } |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 | return TRUE; |
| 2960 | } |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) |
| 2963 | { |
| 2964 | size_t row, n; |
| 2965 | |
| 2966 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); |
| 2967 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : |
| 2968 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) |
| 2971 | { |
| 2972 | wxString errmsg; |
| 2973 | errmsg.Printf( wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%d, N=%d)...\nPos value is invalid for present table with %d cols"), |
| 2974 | pos, numCols, curNumCols ); |
| 2975 | wxFAIL_MSG( errmsg ); |
| 2976 | return FALSE; |
| 2977 | } |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos ) |
| 2980 | { |
| 2981 | numCols = curNumCols - pos; |
| 2982 | } |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) |
| 2985 | { |
| 2986 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) |
| 2987 | { |
| 2988 | m_data[row].Clear(); |
| 2989 | } |
| 2990 | else |
| 2991 | { |
| 2992 | for ( n = 0; n < numCols; n++ ) |
| 2993 | { |
| 2994 | m_data[row].Remove( pos ); |
| 2995 | } |
| 2996 | } |
| 2997 | } |
| 2998 | if ( GetView() ) |
| 2999 | { |
| 3000 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, |
| 3001 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, |
| 3002 | pos, |
| 3003 | numCols ); |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); |
| 3006 | } |
| 3007 | |
| 3008 | return TRUE; |
| 3009 | } |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) |
| 3012 | { |
| 3013 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) |
| 3014 | { |
| 3015 | // using default label |
| 3016 | // |
| 3017 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); |
| 3018 | } |
| 3019 | else |
| 3020 | { |
| 3021 | return m_rowLabels[ row ]; |
| 3022 | } |
| 3023 | } |
| 3024 | |
| 3025 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) |
| 3026 | { |
| 3027 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) |
| 3028 | { |
| 3029 | // using default label |
| 3030 | // |
| 3031 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); |
| 3032 | } |
| 3033 | else |
| 3034 | { |
| 3035 | return m_colLabels[ col ]; |
| 3036 | } |
| 3037 | } |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) |
| 3040 | { |
| 3041 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) |
| 3042 | { |
| 3043 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); |
| 3044 | int i; |
| 3045 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) |
| 3046 | { |
| 3047 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); |
| 3048 | } |
| 3049 | } |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; |
| 3052 | } |
| 3053 | |
| 3054 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) |
| 3055 | { |
| 3056 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) |
| 3057 | { |
| 3058 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); |
| 3059 | int i; |
| 3060 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) |
| 3061 | { |
| 3062 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); |
| 3063 | } |
| 3064 | } |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 | m_colLabels[col] = value; |
| 3067 | } |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 | |
| 3071 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 3072 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) |
| 3075 | |
| 3076 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) |
| 3077 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) |
| 3078 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) |
| 3079 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) |
| 3080 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) |
| 3081 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 3082 | |
| 3083 | wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, |
| 3084 | wxWindowID id, |
| 3085 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) |
| 3086 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) |
| 3087 | { |
| 3088 | m_owner = parent; |
| 3089 | } |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 3092 | { |
| 3093 | wxPaintDC dc(this); |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin |
| 3096 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to |
| 3097 | // set the y coord - MB |
| 3098 | // |
| 3099 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 | int x, y; |
| 3102 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); |
| 3103 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y ); |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 | m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); |
| 3106 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc ); |
| 3107 | } |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | |
| 3110 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3111 | { |
| 3112 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); |
| 3113 | } |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse |
| 3117 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events |
| 3118 | // |
| 3119 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 3120 | { |
| 3121 | if ( !m_owner->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); |
| 3122 | } |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 3125 | { |
| 3126 | if ( !m_owner->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); |
| 3127 | } |
| 3128 | |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) |
| 3134 | |
| 3135 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) |
| 3136 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) |
| 3137 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) |
| 3138 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) |
| 3139 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) |
| 3140 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 | wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, |
| 3143 | wxWindowID id, |
| 3144 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) |
| 3145 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) |
| 3146 | { |
| 3147 | m_owner = parent; |
| 3148 | } |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 3151 | { |
| 3152 | wxPaintDC dc(this); |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin |
| 3155 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to |
| 3156 | // set the x coord - MB |
| 3157 | // |
| 3158 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | int x, y; |
| 3161 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); |
| 3162 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 ); |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 | m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); |
| 3165 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc ); |
| 3166 | } |
| 3167 | |
| 3168 | |
| 3169 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3170 | { |
| 3171 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); |
| 3172 | } |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse |
| 3176 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events |
| 3177 | // |
| 3178 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 3179 | { |
| 3180 | if ( !m_owner->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); |
| 3181 | } |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 3184 | { |
| 3185 | if ( !m_owner->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); |
| 3186 | } |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) |
| 3195 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) |
| 3196 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint) |
| 3197 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) |
| 3198 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) |
| 3199 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, |
| 3202 | wxWindowID id, |
| 3203 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) |
| 3204 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) |
| 3205 | { |
| 3206 | m_owner = parent; |
| 3207 | } |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 3210 | { |
| 3211 | wxPaintDC dc(this); |
| 3212 | |
| 3213 | int client_height = 0; |
| 3214 | int client_width = 0; |
| 3215 | GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height ); |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); |
| 3218 | dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, client_width-1, 0 ); |
| 3219 | dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, 0, client_height-1 ); |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); |
| 3222 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 ); |
| 3223 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height ); |
| 3224 | } |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3228 | { |
| 3229 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); |
| 3230 | } |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 | |
| 3233 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse |
| 3234 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events |
| 3235 | // |
| 3236 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 3237 | { |
| 3238 | if ( !m_owner->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); |
| 3239 | } |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 3242 | { |
| 3243 | if ( !m_owner->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); |
| 3244 | } |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxPanel ) |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxPanel ) |
| 3253 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) |
| 3254 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) |
| 3255 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) |
| 3256 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) |
| 3257 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) |
| 3258 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, |
| 3261 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, |
| 3262 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, |
| 3263 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) |
| 3264 | : wxPanel( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS, "grid window" ) |
| 3265 | { |
| 3266 | m_owner = parent; |
| 3267 | m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin; |
| 3268 | m_colLabelWin = colLblWin; |
| 3269 | SetBackgroundColour( "WHITE" ); |
| 3270 | } |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | wxGridWindow::~wxGridWindow() |
| 3274 | { |
| 3275 | } |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 3279 | { |
| 3280 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); |
| 3281 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 3282 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); |
| 3283 | m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); |
| 3284 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc ); |
| 3285 | #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES |
| 3286 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); |
| 3287 | #endif |
| 3288 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); |
| 3289 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc ); |
| 3290 | } |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) |
| 3294 | { |
| 3295 | wxPanel::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); |
| 3296 | m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); |
| 3297 | m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); |
| 3298 | } |
| 3299 | |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 3302 | { |
| 3303 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); |
| 3304 | } |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse |
| 3308 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events |
| 3309 | // |
| 3310 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 3311 | { |
| 3312 | if ( !m_owner->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); |
| 3313 | } |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 3316 | { |
| 3317 | if ( !m_owner->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); |
| 3318 | } |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 3321 | { |
| 3322 | } |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | |
| 3328 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) |
| 3331 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) |
| 3332 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) |
| 3333 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) |
| 3334 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) |
| 3335 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) |
| 3336 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 | wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, |
| 3339 | wxWindowID id, |
| 3340 | const wxPoint& pos, |
| 3341 | const wxSize& size, |
| 3342 | long style, |
| 3343 | const wxString& name ) |
| 3344 | : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ), |
| 3345 | m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE), |
| 3346 | m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE) |
| 3347 | { |
| 3348 | Create(); |
| 3349 | } |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() |
| 3353 | { |
| 3354 | ClearAttrCache(); |
| 3355 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 3358 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; |
| 3359 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " |
| 3360 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), |
| 3361 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, |
| 3362 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); |
| 3363 | #endif |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 | if (m_ownTable) |
| 3366 | delete m_table; |
| 3367 | |
| 3368 | delete m_typeRegistry; |
| 3369 | delete m_selection; |
| 3370 | } |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 | // |
| 3374 | // ----- internal init and update functions |
| 3375 | // |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 | void wxGrid::Create() |
| 3378 | { |
| 3379 | m_created = FALSE; // set to TRUE by CreateGrid |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; |
| 3382 | m_ownTable = FALSE; |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE; |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr; |
| 3387 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | // Set default cell attributes |
| 3390 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); |
| 3391 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); |
| 3392 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( |
| 3393 | wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); |
| 3394 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( |
| 3395 | wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); |
| 3396 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); |
| 3397 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); |
| 3398 | |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 | m_numRows = 0; |
| 3401 | m_numCols = 0; |
| 3402 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; |
| 3405 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; |
| 3406 | |
| 3407 | // create the type registry |
| 3408 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; |
| 3409 | m_selection = 0; |
| 3410 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid |
| 3411 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this, |
| 3412 | -1, |
| 3413 | wxDefaultPosition, |
| 3414 | wxDefaultSize ); |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this, |
| 3417 | -1, |
| 3418 | wxDefaultPosition, |
| 3419 | wxDefaultSize ); |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 | m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this, |
| 3422 | -1, |
| 3423 | wxDefaultPosition, |
| 3424 | wxDefaultSize ); |
| 3425 | |
| 3426 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this, |
| 3427 | m_rowLabelWin, |
| 3428 | m_colLabelWin, |
| 3429 | -1, |
| 3430 | wxDefaultPosition, |
| 3431 | wxDefaultSize ); |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); |
| 3434 | } |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | |
| 3437 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, |
| 3438 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) |
| 3439 | { |
| 3440 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, |
| 3441 | FALSE, |
| 3442 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); |
| 3443 | |
| 3444 | m_numRows = numRows; |
| 3445 | m_numCols = numCols; |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols ); |
| 3448 | m_table->SetView( this ); |
| 3449 | m_ownTable = TRUE; |
| 3450 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); |
| 3451 | Init(); |
| 3452 | m_created = TRUE; |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 | return m_created; |
| 3455 | } |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode) |
| 3458 | { |
| 3459 | if ( !m_created ) |
| 3460 | { |
| 3461 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 3462 | } |
| 3463 | else |
| 3464 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); |
| 3465 | } |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 | bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership, |
| 3468 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) |
| 3469 | { |
| 3470 | if ( m_created ) |
| 3471 | { |
| 3472 | // RD: Actually, this should probably be allowed. I think it would be |
| 3473 | // nice to be able to switch multiple Tables in and out of a single |
| 3474 | // View at runtime. Is there anything in the implmentation that would |
| 3475 | // prevent this? |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 | // At least, you now have to cope with m_selection |
| 3478 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); |
| 3479 | return FALSE; |
| 3480 | } |
| 3481 | else |
| 3482 | { |
| 3483 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); |
| 3484 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 | m_table = table; |
| 3487 | m_table->SetView( this ); |
| 3488 | if (takeOwnership) |
| 3489 | m_ownTable = TRUE; |
| 3490 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); |
| 3491 | Init(); |
| 3492 | m_created = TRUE; |
| 3493 | } |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | return m_created; |
| 3496 | } |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 | void wxGrid::Init() |
| 3500 | { |
| 3501 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; |
| 3502 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 | if ( m_rowLabelWin ) |
| 3505 | { |
| 3506 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 3507 | } |
| 3508 | else |
| 3509 | { |
| 3510 | m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( _T("WHITE") ); |
| 3511 | } |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 | m_labelTextColour = wxColour( _T("BLACK") ); |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 | // init attr cache |
| 3516 | m_attrCache.row = -1; |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | // TODO: something better than this ? |
| 3519 | // |
| 3520 | m_labelFont = this->GetFont(); |
| 3521 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( m_labelFont.GetWeight() + 2 ); |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; |
| 3524 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; |
| 3527 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_TOP; |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; |
| 3530 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() |
| 3533 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; |
| 3534 | #else |
| 3535 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; |
| 3536 | #endif |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 128, 128, 255 ); |
| 3539 | m_gridLinesEnabled = TRUE; |
| 3540 | m_cellHighlightColour = m_gridLineColour; |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; |
| 3543 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; |
| 3544 | m_canDragRowSize = TRUE; |
| 3545 | m_canDragColSize = TRUE; |
| 3546 | m_canDragGridSize = TRUE; |
| 3547 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 3548 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; |
| 3549 | m_isDragging = FALSE; |
| 3550 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 | m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE; |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); |
| 3555 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 3558 | |
| 3559 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 3560 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 3561 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); |
| 3562 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 | m_editable = TRUE; // default for whole grid |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 | m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE; |
| 3567 | m_batchCount = 0; |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 | m_extraWidth = |
| 3570 | m_extraHeight = 50; |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 3573 | } |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3576 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create |
| 3577 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if |
| 3578 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these |
| 3579 | // arrays at all |
| 3580 | // |
| 3581 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the |
| 3582 | // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later... |
| 3583 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3584 | |
| 3585 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() |
| 3586 | { |
| 3587 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); |
| 3588 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); |
| 3591 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); |
| 3592 | |
| 3593 | int rowBottom = 0; |
| 3594 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 3595 | { |
| 3596 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight ); |
| 3597 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; |
| 3598 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); |
| 3599 | } |
| 3600 | } |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() |
| 3603 | { |
| 3604 | m_colWidths.Empty(); |
| 3605 | m_colRights.Empty(); |
| 3606 | |
| 3607 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); |
| 3608 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); |
| 3609 | int colRight = 0; |
| 3610 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 3611 | { |
| 3612 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth ); |
| 3613 | colRight += m_defaultColWidth; |
| 3614 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); |
| 3615 | } |
| 3616 | } |
| 3617 | |
| 3618 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const |
| 3619 | { |
| 3620 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; |
| 3621 | } |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const |
| 3624 | { |
| 3625 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth |
| 3626 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; |
| 3627 | } |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const |
| 3630 | { |
| 3631 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth |
| 3632 | : m_colRights[col]; |
| 3633 | } |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const |
| 3636 | { |
| 3637 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; |
| 3638 | } |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const |
| 3641 | { |
| 3642 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight |
| 3643 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; |
| 3644 | } |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const |
| 3647 | { |
| 3648 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight |
| 3649 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; |
| 3650 | } |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() |
| 3653 | { |
| 3654 | int cw, ch; |
| 3655 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 | if ( m_numRows > 0 || m_numCols > 0 ) |
| 3658 | { |
| 3659 | int right = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight( m_numCols-1 ) + m_extraWidth : 0; |
| 3660 | int bottom = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom( m_numRows-1 ) + m_extraHeight : 0; |
| 3661 | |
| 3662 | // TODO: restore the scroll position that we had before sizing |
| 3663 | // |
| 3664 | int x, y; |
| 3665 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); |
| 3666 | SetScrollbars( GRID_SCROLL_LINE, GRID_SCROLL_LINE, |
| 3667 | right/GRID_SCROLL_LINE, bottom/GRID_SCROLL_LINE, |
| 3668 | x, y ); |
| 3669 | } |
| 3670 | } |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 | |
| 3673 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() |
| 3674 | { |
| 3675 | int cw, ch; |
| 3676 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 3677 | |
| 3678 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) |
| 3679 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 | if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) |
| 3682 | m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight); |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 | if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) |
| 3685 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight); |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 | if ( m_gridWin->IsShown() ) |
| 3688 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight); |
| 3689 | } |
| 3690 | |
| 3691 | |
| 3692 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message to say that it |
| 3693 | // has been redimensioned |
| 3694 | // |
| 3695 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) |
| 3696 | { |
| 3697 | int i; |
| 3698 | bool result = FALSE; |
| 3699 | |
| 3700 | #if 0 |
| 3701 | // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them |
| 3702 | // now |
| 3703 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 3704 | { |
| 3705 | InitColWidths(); |
| 3706 | } |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 3709 | { |
| 3710 | InitRowHeights(); |
| 3711 | } |
| 3712 | #endif |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) |
| 3715 | { |
| 3716 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: |
| 3717 | { |
| 3718 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 3719 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 | m_numRows += numRows; |
| 3722 | |
| 3723 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 3724 | { |
| 3725 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) |
| 3726 | { |
| 3727 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos ); |
| 3728 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos ); |
| 3729 | } |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | int bottom = 0; |
| 3732 | if ( pos > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos-1]; |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 3735 | { |
| 3736 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; |
| 3737 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; |
| 3738 | } |
| 3739 | } |
| 3740 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 3741 | { |
| 3742 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current |
| 3743 | // cell will be undefined... |
| 3744 | // |
| 3745 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 3746 | } |
| 3747 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); |
| 3748 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); |
| 3749 | if (attrProvider) |
| 3750 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 3753 | { |
| 3754 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 3755 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 3756 | } |
| 3757 | } |
| 3758 | result = TRUE; |
| 3759 | break; |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: |
| 3762 | { |
| 3763 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 3764 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; |
| 3765 | m_numRows += numRows; |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 3768 | { |
| 3769 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) |
| 3770 | { |
| 3771 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight ); |
| 3772 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0 ); |
| 3773 | } |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 | int bottom = 0; |
| 3776 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows-1]; |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 3779 | { |
| 3780 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; |
| 3781 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; |
| 3782 | } |
| 3783 | } |
| 3784 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 3785 | { |
| 3786 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current |
| 3787 | // cell will be undefined... |
| 3788 | // |
| 3789 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 3790 | } |
| 3791 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 3792 | { |
| 3793 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 3794 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 3795 | } |
| 3796 | } |
| 3797 | result = TRUE; |
| 3798 | break; |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: |
| 3801 | { |
| 3802 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 3803 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); |
| 3804 | m_numRows -= numRows; |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 3807 | { |
| 3808 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) |
| 3809 | { |
| 3810 | m_rowHeights.Remove( pos ); |
| 3811 | m_rowBottoms.Remove( pos ); |
| 3812 | } |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 | int h = 0; |
| 3815 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 3816 | { |
| 3817 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; |
| 3818 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; |
| 3819 | } |
| 3820 | } |
| 3821 | if ( !m_numRows ) |
| 3822 | { |
| 3823 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 3824 | } |
| 3825 | else |
| 3826 | { |
| 3827 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) |
| 3828 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); |
| 3829 | } |
| 3830 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); |
| 3831 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); |
| 3832 | if (attrProvider) { |
| 3833 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); |
| 3834 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans |
| 3835 | #if 0 |
| 3836 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we |
| 3837 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove |
| 3838 | // all column attributes. |
| 3839 | // I hate to do this here, but the |
| 3840 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. |
| 3841 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) |
| 3842 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); |
| 3843 | #endif |
| 3844 | } |
| 3845 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 3846 | { |
| 3847 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 3848 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 3849 | } |
| 3850 | } |
| 3851 | result = TRUE; |
| 3852 | break; |
| 3853 | |
| 3854 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: |
| 3855 | { |
| 3856 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 3857 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); |
| 3858 | m_numCols += numCols; |
| 3859 | |
| 3860 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 3861 | { |
| 3862 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) |
| 3863 | { |
| 3864 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos ); |
| 3865 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos ); |
| 3866 | } |
| 3867 | |
| 3868 | int right = 0; |
| 3869 | if ( pos > 0 ) right = m_colRights[pos-1]; |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 3872 | { |
| 3873 | right += m_colWidths[i]; |
| 3874 | m_colRights[i] = right; |
| 3875 | } |
| 3876 | } |
| 3877 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 3878 | { |
| 3879 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current |
| 3880 | // cell will be undefined... |
| 3881 | // |
| 3882 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 3883 | } |
| 3884 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 3885 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); |
| 3886 | if (attrProvider) |
| 3887 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 3888 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 3889 | { |
| 3890 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 3891 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 3892 | } |
| 3893 | |
| 3894 | } |
| 3895 | result = TRUE; |
| 3896 | break; |
| 3897 | |
| 3898 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: |
| 3899 | { |
| 3900 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 3901 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; |
| 3902 | m_numCols += numCols; |
| 3903 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 3904 | { |
| 3905 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) |
| 3906 | { |
| 3907 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth ); |
| 3908 | m_colRights.Add( 0 ); |
| 3909 | } |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | int right = 0; |
| 3912 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) right = m_colRights[oldNumCols-1]; |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 3915 | { |
| 3916 | right += m_colWidths[i]; |
| 3917 | m_colRights[i] = right; |
| 3918 | } |
| 3919 | } |
| 3920 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 3921 | { |
| 3922 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current |
| 3923 | // cell will be undefined... |
| 3924 | // |
| 3925 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 3926 | } |
| 3927 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 3928 | { |
| 3929 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 3930 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 3931 | } |
| 3932 | } |
| 3933 | result = TRUE; |
| 3934 | break; |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: |
| 3937 | { |
| 3938 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); |
| 3939 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); |
| 3940 | m_numCols -= numCols; |
| 3941 | |
| 3942 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 3943 | { |
| 3944 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) |
| 3945 | { |
| 3946 | m_colWidths.Remove( pos ); |
| 3947 | m_colRights.Remove( pos ); |
| 3948 | } |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 | int w = 0; |
| 3951 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 3952 | { |
| 3953 | w += m_colWidths[i]; |
| 3954 | m_colRights[i] = w; |
| 3955 | } |
| 3956 | } |
| 3957 | if ( !m_numCols ) |
| 3958 | { |
| 3959 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 3960 | } |
| 3961 | else |
| 3962 | { |
| 3963 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) |
| 3964 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); |
| 3965 | } |
| 3966 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); |
| 3967 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); |
| 3968 | if (attrProvider) { |
| 3969 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); |
| 3970 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans |
| 3971 | #if 0 |
| 3972 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we |
| 3973 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove |
| 3974 | // all row attributes. |
| 3975 | // I hate to do this here, but the |
| 3976 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. |
| 3977 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) |
| 3978 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); |
| 3979 | #endif |
| 3980 | } |
| 3981 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 3982 | { |
| 3983 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 3984 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 3985 | } |
| 3986 | return TRUE; |
| 3987 | } |
| 3988 | #if 0 |
| 3989 | // There is no path to this code !!!!!! |
| 3990 | result = TRUE; |
| 3991 | break; |
| 3992 | #endif |
| 3993 | } |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 3996 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 3997 | return result; |
| 3998 | } |
| 3999 | |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | void wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) |
| 4002 | { |
| 4003 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); |
| 4004 | wxRect r; |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | m_rowLabelsExposed.Empty(); |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 | int top, bottom; |
| 4009 | while ( iter ) |
| 4010 | { |
| 4011 | r = iter.GetRect(); |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | // TODO: remove this when we can... |
| 4014 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update |
| 4015 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the |
| 4016 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around |
| 4017 | // |
| 4018 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 4019 | int cw, ch; |
| 4020 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 4021 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); |
| 4022 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); |
| 4023 | #endif |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 | // logical bounds of update region |
| 4026 | // |
| 4027 | int dummy; |
| 4028 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); |
| 4029 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); |
| 4030 | |
| 4031 | // find the row labels within these bounds |
| 4032 | // |
| 4033 | int row; |
| 4034 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) |
| 4035 | { |
| 4036 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) |
| 4037 | continue; |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) |
| 4040 | break; |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 | m_rowLabelsExposed.Add( row ); |
| 4043 | } |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 | iter++ ; |
| 4046 | } |
| 4047 | } |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | void wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) |
| 4051 | { |
| 4052 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); |
| 4053 | wxRect r; |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | m_colLabelsExposed.Empty(); |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 | int left, right; |
| 4058 | while ( iter ) |
| 4059 | { |
| 4060 | r = iter.GetRect(); |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 | // TODO: remove this when we can... |
| 4063 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update |
| 4064 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the |
| 4065 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around |
| 4066 | // |
| 4067 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 4068 | int cw, ch; |
| 4069 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 4070 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); |
| 4071 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); |
| 4072 | #endif |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 | // logical bounds of update region |
| 4075 | // |
| 4076 | int dummy; |
| 4077 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); |
| 4078 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 | // find the cells within these bounds |
| 4081 | // |
| 4082 | int col; |
| 4083 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) |
| 4084 | { |
| 4085 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) |
| 4086 | continue; |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) |
| 4089 | break; |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 | m_colLabelsExposed.Add( col ); |
| 4092 | } |
| 4093 | |
| 4094 | iter++ ; |
| 4095 | } |
| 4096 | } |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 | |
| 4099 | void wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) |
| 4100 | { |
| 4101 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); |
| 4102 | wxRect r; |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 | m_cellsExposed.Empty(); |
| 4105 | m_rowsExposed.Empty(); |
| 4106 | m_colsExposed.Empty(); |
| 4107 | |
| 4108 | int left, top, right, bottom; |
| 4109 | while ( iter ) |
| 4110 | { |
| 4111 | r = iter.GetRect(); |
| 4112 | |
| 4113 | // TODO: remove this when we can... |
| 4114 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update |
| 4115 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the |
| 4116 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around |
| 4117 | // |
| 4118 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) |
| 4119 | int cw, ch; |
| 4120 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 4121 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); |
| 4122 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); |
| 4123 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); |
| 4124 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); |
| 4125 | #endif |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | // logical bounds of update region |
| 4128 | // |
| 4129 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); |
| 4130 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | // find the cells within these bounds |
| 4133 | // |
| 4134 | int row, col; |
| 4135 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) |
| 4136 | { |
| 4137 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) |
| 4138 | continue; |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) |
| 4141 | break; |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 | m_rowsExposed.Add( row ); |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) |
| 4146 | { |
| 4147 | if ( GetColRight(col) <= left ) |
| 4148 | continue; |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) |
| 4151 | break; |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 | if ( m_colsExposed.Index( col ) == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 4154 | m_colsExposed.Add( col ); |
| 4155 | m_cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); |
| 4156 | } |
| 4157 | } |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | iter++; |
| 4160 | } |
| 4161 | } |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 4165 | { |
| 4166 | int x, y, row; |
| 4167 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); |
| 4168 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 | if ( event.Dragging() ) |
| 4171 | { |
| 4172 | m_isDragging = TRUE; |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) |
| 4175 | { |
| 4176 | switch( m_cursorMode ) |
| 4177 | { |
| 4178 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: |
| 4179 | { |
| 4180 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; |
| 4181 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 4182 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 4185 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 4186 | y = wxMax( y, |
| 4187 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + |
| 4188 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); |
| 4189 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); |
| 4190 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 4191 | { |
| 4192 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); |
| 4193 | } |
| 4194 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); |
| 4195 | m_dragLastPos = y; |
| 4196 | } |
| 4197 | break; |
| 4198 | |
| 4199 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: |
| 4200 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) |
| 4201 | { |
| 4202 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, |
| 4203 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 4204 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 4205 | event.AltDown(), |
| 4206 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 4207 | } |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value |
| 4210 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch |
| 4211 | default: |
| 4212 | break; |
| 4213 | } |
| 4214 | } |
| 4215 | return; |
| 4216 | } |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 | m_isDragging = FALSE; |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window |
| 4222 | // |
| 4223 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) |
| 4224 | { |
| 4225 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); |
| 4226 | } |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | // ------------ Left button pressed |
| 4230 | // |
| 4231 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) |
| 4232 | { |
| 4233 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the |
| 4234 | // edge of the row label - this is probably the user |
| 4235 | // wanting to resize the row |
| 4236 | // |
| 4237 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) |
| 4238 | { |
| 4239 | row = YToRow(y); |
| 4240 | if ( row >= 0 && |
| 4241 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) |
| 4242 | { |
| 4243 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) |
| 4244 | ClearSelection(); |
| 4245 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) |
| 4246 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 4247 | 0, |
| 4248 | row, |
| 4249 | GetNumberCols() - 1, |
| 4250 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 4251 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 4252 | event.AltDown(), |
| 4253 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 4254 | else |
| 4255 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, |
| 4256 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 4257 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 4258 | event.AltDown(), |
| 4259 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 4260 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); |
| 4261 | } |
| 4262 | } |
| 4263 | else |
| 4264 | { |
| 4265 | // starting to drag-resize a row |
| 4266 | // |
| 4267 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) |
| 4268 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); |
| 4269 | } |
| 4270 | } |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | |
| 4273 | // ------------ Left double click |
| 4274 | // |
| 4275 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) |
| 4276 | { |
| 4277 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) |
| 4278 | { |
| 4279 | row = YToRow(y); |
| 4280 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ); |
| 4281 | } |
| 4282 | } |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 | // ------------ Left button released |
| 4286 | // |
| 4287 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) |
| 4288 | { |
| 4289 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) |
| 4290 | { |
| 4291 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); |
| 4292 | |
| 4293 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing |
| 4294 | // default processing in this case |
| 4295 | // |
| 4296 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); |
| 4297 | } |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); |
| 4300 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 4301 | } |
| 4302 | |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 | // ------------ Right button down |
| 4305 | // |
| 4306 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) |
| 4307 | { |
| 4308 | row = YToRow(y); |
| 4309 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) |
| 4310 | { |
| 4311 | // no default action at the moment |
| 4312 | } |
| 4313 | } |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | // ------------ Right double click |
| 4317 | // |
| 4318 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) |
| 4319 | { |
| 4320 | row = YToRow(y); |
| 4321 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) |
| 4322 | { |
| 4323 | // no default action at the moment |
| 4324 | } |
| 4325 | } |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving |
| 4329 | // |
| 4330 | else if ( event.Moving() ) |
| 4331 | { |
| 4332 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); |
| 4333 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) |
| 4334 | { |
| 4335 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 4336 | { |
| 4337 | // don't capture the mouse yet |
| 4338 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) |
| 4339 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE); |
| 4340 | } |
| 4341 | } |
| 4342 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 4343 | { |
| 4344 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE); |
| 4345 | } |
| 4346 | } |
| 4347 | } |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 4351 | { |
| 4352 | int x, y, col; |
| 4353 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); |
| 4354 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 | if ( event.Dragging() ) |
| 4357 | { |
| 4358 | m_isDragging = TRUE; |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) |
| 4361 | { |
| 4362 | switch( m_cursorMode ) |
| 4363 | { |
| 4364 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: |
| 4365 | { |
| 4366 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; |
| 4367 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 4368 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 4371 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + |
| 4374 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); |
| 4375 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); |
| 4376 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 4377 | { |
| 4378 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); |
| 4379 | } |
| 4380 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch ); |
| 4381 | m_dragLastPos = x; |
| 4382 | } |
| 4383 | break; |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: |
| 4386 | if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 ) |
| 4387 | { |
| 4388 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, |
| 4389 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 4390 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 4391 | event.AltDown(), |
| 4392 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 4393 | } |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value |
| 4396 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch |
| 4397 | default: |
| 4398 | break; |
| 4399 | } |
| 4400 | } |
| 4401 | return; |
| 4402 | } |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 | m_isDragging = FALSE; |
| 4405 | |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window |
| 4408 | // |
| 4409 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) |
| 4410 | { |
| 4411 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); |
| 4412 | } |
| 4413 | |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | // ------------ Left button pressed |
| 4416 | // |
| 4417 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) |
| 4418 | { |
| 4419 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the |
| 4420 | // edge of the col label - this is probably the user |
| 4421 | // wanting to resize the col |
| 4422 | // |
| 4423 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) |
| 4424 | { |
| 4425 | col = XToCol(x); |
| 4426 | if ( col >= 0 && |
| 4427 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) |
| 4428 | { |
| 4429 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) |
| 4430 | ClearSelection(); |
| 4431 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) |
| 4432 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, |
| 4433 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), |
| 4434 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, |
| 4435 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 4436 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 4437 | event.AltDown(), |
| 4438 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 4439 | else |
| 4440 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, |
| 4441 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 4442 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 4443 | event.AltDown(), |
| 4444 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 4445 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin); |
| 4446 | } |
| 4447 | } |
| 4448 | else |
| 4449 | { |
| 4450 | // starting to drag-resize a col |
| 4451 | // |
| 4452 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) |
| 4453 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin); |
| 4454 | } |
| 4455 | } |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 | // ------------ Left double click |
| 4459 | // |
| 4460 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) |
| 4461 | { |
| 4462 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) |
| 4463 | { |
| 4464 | col = XToCol(x); |
| 4465 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ); |
| 4466 | } |
| 4467 | } |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | // ------------ Left button released |
| 4471 | // |
| 4472 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) |
| 4473 | { |
| 4474 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) |
| 4475 | { |
| 4476 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing |
| 4479 | // default processing in this case |
| 4480 | // |
| 4481 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); |
| 4482 | } |
| 4483 | |
| 4484 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); |
| 4485 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 4486 | } |
| 4487 | |
| 4488 | |
| 4489 | // ------------ Right button down |
| 4490 | // |
| 4491 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) |
| 4492 | { |
| 4493 | col = XToCol(x); |
| 4494 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) |
| 4495 | { |
| 4496 | // no default action at the moment |
| 4497 | } |
| 4498 | } |
| 4499 | |
| 4500 | |
| 4501 | // ------------ Right double click |
| 4502 | // |
| 4503 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) |
| 4504 | { |
| 4505 | col = XToCol(x); |
| 4506 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) |
| 4507 | { |
| 4508 | // no default action at the moment |
| 4509 | } |
| 4510 | } |
| 4511 | |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving |
| 4514 | // |
| 4515 | else if ( event.Moving() ) |
| 4516 | { |
| 4517 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); |
| 4518 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) |
| 4519 | { |
| 4520 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 4521 | { |
| 4522 | // don't capture the cursor yet |
| 4523 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) |
| 4524 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE); |
| 4525 | } |
| 4526 | } |
| 4527 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 4528 | { |
| 4529 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE); |
| 4530 | } |
| 4531 | } |
| 4532 | } |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 4536 | { |
| 4537 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) |
| 4538 | { |
| 4539 | // indicate corner label by having both row and |
| 4540 | // col args == -1 |
| 4541 | // |
| 4542 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) |
| 4543 | { |
| 4544 | SelectAll(); |
| 4545 | } |
| 4546 | } |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) |
| 4549 | { |
| 4550 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); |
| 4551 | } |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) |
| 4554 | { |
| 4555 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) |
| 4556 | { |
| 4557 | // no default action at the moment |
| 4558 | } |
| 4559 | } |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) |
| 4562 | { |
| 4563 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) |
| 4564 | { |
| 4565 | // no default action at the moment |
| 4566 | } |
| 4567 | } |
| 4568 | } |
| 4569 | |
| 4570 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, |
| 4571 | wxWindow *win, |
| 4572 | bool captureMouse) |
| 4573 | { |
| 4574 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
| 4575 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = |
| 4576 | { |
| 4577 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), |
| 4578 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), |
| 4579 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), |
| 4580 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), |
| 4581 | _T("SELECT_COL") |
| 4582 | }; |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), |
| 4585 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), |
| 4586 | win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin") |
| 4587 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") |
| 4588 | : _T("gridWin"), |
| 4589 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); |
| 4590 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode ) |
| 4593 | return; |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | if ( !win ) |
| 4596 | { |
| 4597 | // by default use the grid itself |
| 4598 | win = m_gridWin; |
| 4599 | } |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 | if ( m_winCapture ) |
| 4602 | { |
| 4603 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); |
| 4604 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; |
| 4605 | } |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | m_cursorMode = mode; |
| 4608 | |
| 4609 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) |
| 4610 | { |
| 4611 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: |
| 4612 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); |
| 4613 | break; |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: |
| 4616 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); |
| 4617 | break; |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 | default: |
| 4620 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); |
| 4621 | } |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing |
| 4624 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || |
| 4625 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; |
| 4626 | |
| 4627 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) |
| 4628 | { |
| 4629 | win->CaptureMouse(); |
| 4630 | m_winCapture = win; |
| 4631 | } |
| 4632 | } |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) |
| 4635 | { |
| 4636 | int x, y; |
| 4637 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); |
| 4638 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); |
| 4639 | |
| 4640 | wxGridCellCoords coords; |
| 4641 | XYToCell( x, y, coords ); |
| 4642 | |
| 4643 | if ( event.Dragging() ) |
| 4644 | { |
| 4645 | //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been drug at |
| 4648 | // least 3 pixels in any direction... |
| 4649 | if (! m_isDragging) |
| 4650 | { |
| 4651 | if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition) |
| 4652 | { |
| 4653 | m_startDragPos = pos; |
| 4654 | return; |
| 4655 | } |
| 4656 | if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4) |
| 4657 | return; |
| 4658 | } |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 | m_isDragging = TRUE; |
| 4661 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 4662 | { |
| 4663 | // Hide the edit control, so it |
| 4664 | // won't interfer with drag-shrinking. |
| 4665 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 4666 | { |
| 4667 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 4668 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 4669 | } |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 | // Have we captured the mouse yet? |
| 4672 | if (! m_winCapture) |
| 4673 | { |
| 4674 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; |
| 4675 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); |
| 4676 | } |
| 4677 | |
| 4678 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4679 | { |
| 4680 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 4681 | { |
| 4682 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) |
| 4683 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; |
| 4684 | HighlightBlock ( m_selectingKeyboard, coords ); |
| 4685 | } |
| 4686 | else |
| 4687 | { |
| 4688 | if ( !IsSelection() ) |
| 4689 | { |
| 4690 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); |
| 4691 | } |
| 4692 | else |
| 4693 | { |
| 4694 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords ); |
| 4695 | } |
| 4696 | } |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 | if (! IsVisible(coords)) |
| 4699 | { |
| 4700 | MakeCellVisible(coords); |
| 4701 | // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here. The |
| 4702 | // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK. |
| 4703 | } |
| 4704 | } |
| 4705 | } |
| 4706 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) |
| 4707 | { |
| 4708 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; |
| 4709 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 4710 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); |
| 4711 | |
| 4712 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 4713 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 4714 | y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + |
| 4715 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); |
| 4716 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); |
| 4717 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 4718 | { |
| 4719 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); |
| 4720 | } |
| 4721 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); |
| 4722 | m_dragLastPos = y; |
| 4723 | } |
| 4724 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) |
| 4725 | { |
| 4726 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; |
| 4727 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 4728 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); |
| 4729 | |
| 4730 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 4731 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 4732 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + |
| 4733 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ); |
| 4734 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); |
| 4735 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 4736 | { |
| 4737 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); |
| 4738 | } |
| 4739 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch ); |
| 4740 | m_dragLastPos = x; |
| 4741 | } |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 | return; |
| 4744 | } |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 | m_isDragging = FALSE; |
| 4747 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL |
| 4750 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under |
| 4751 | // wxGTK |
| 4752 | #if 0 |
| 4753 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) |
| 4754 | { |
| 4755 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 4756 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); |
| 4757 | } |
| 4758 | else |
| 4759 | #endif // 0 |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 | // ------------ Left button pressed |
| 4762 | // |
| 4763 | if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4764 | { |
| 4765 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, |
| 4766 | coords.GetRow(), |
| 4767 | coords.GetCol(), |
| 4768 | event ) ) |
| 4769 | { |
| 4770 | if ( !event.ControlDown() ) |
| 4771 | ClearSelection(); |
| 4772 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) |
| 4773 | { |
| 4774 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 4775 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), |
| 4776 | coords.GetRow(), |
| 4777 | coords.GetCol(), |
| 4778 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 4779 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 4780 | event.AltDown(), |
| 4781 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 4782 | } |
| 4783 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && |
| 4784 | YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) |
| 4785 | { |
| 4786 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 4787 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); |
| 4788 | |
| 4789 | // if this is the second click on this cell then start |
| 4790 | // the edit control |
| 4791 | if ( m_waitForSlowClick && |
| 4792 | (coords == m_currentCellCoords) && |
| 4793 | CanEnableCellControl()) |
| 4794 | { |
| 4795 | EnableCellEditControl(); |
| 4796 | |
| 4797 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); |
| 4798 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, |
| 4799 | coords.GetRow(), |
| 4800 | coords.GetCol()); |
| 4801 | editor->StartingClick(); |
| 4802 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 4803 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 4804 | |
| 4805 | m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE; |
| 4806 | } |
| 4807 | else |
| 4808 | { |
| 4809 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 4810 | { |
| 4811 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(), |
| 4812 | coords.GetCol(), |
| 4813 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 4814 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 4815 | event.AltDown(), |
| 4816 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 4817 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 4818 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 4819 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; |
| 4820 | } |
| 4821 | else |
| 4822 | { |
| 4823 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); |
| 4824 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() |
| 4825 | != wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells) |
| 4826 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); |
| 4827 | } |
| 4828 | m_waitForSlowClick = TRUE; |
| 4829 | } |
| 4830 | } |
| 4831 | } |
| 4832 | } |
| 4833 | |
| 4834 | |
| 4835 | // ------------ Left double click |
| 4836 | // |
| 4837 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4838 | { |
| 4839 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) |
| 4842 | { |
| 4843 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, |
| 4844 | coords.GetRow(), |
| 4845 | coords.GetCol(), |
| 4846 | event ); |
| 4847 | } |
| 4848 | } |
| 4849 | |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 | // ------------ Left button released |
| 4852 | // |
| 4853 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) |
| 4854 | { |
| 4855 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 4856 | { |
| 4857 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 4858 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4859 | { |
| 4860 | if (m_winCapture) |
| 4861 | { |
| 4862 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); |
| 4863 | m_winCapture = NULL; |
| 4864 | } |
| 4865 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), |
| 4866 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), |
| 4867 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), |
| 4868 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), |
| 4869 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 4870 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 4871 | event.AltDown(), |
| 4872 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 4873 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 4874 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 4875 | } |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for |
| 4878 | // drag-shrinking. |
| 4879 | ShowCellEditControl(); |
| 4880 | } |
| 4881 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) |
| 4882 | { |
| 4883 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 4884 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing |
| 4887 | // default processing in this case |
| 4888 | // |
| 4889 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); |
| 4890 | } |
| 4891 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) |
| 4892 | { |
| 4893 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 4894 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing |
| 4897 | // default processing in this case |
| 4898 | // |
| 4899 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); |
| 4900 | } |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 | m_dragLastPos = -1; |
| 4903 | } |
| 4904 | |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 | // ------------ Right button down |
| 4907 | // |
| 4908 | else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4909 | { |
| 4910 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 4911 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, |
| 4912 | coords.GetRow(), |
| 4913 | coords.GetCol(), |
| 4914 | event ) ) |
| 4915 | { |
| 4916 | // no default action at the moment |
| 4917 | } |
| 4918 | } |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | |
| 4921 | // ------------ Right double click |
| 4922 | // |
| 4923 | else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 4924 | { |
| 4925 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 4926 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, |
| 4927 | coords.GetRow(), |
| 4928 | coords.GetCol(), |
| 4929 | event ) ) |
| 4930 | { |
| 4931 | // no default action at the moment |
| 4932 | } |
| 4933 | } |
| 4934 | |
| 4935 | // ------------ Moving and no button action |
| 4936 | // |
| 4937 | else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() ) |
| 4938 | { |
| 4939 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); |
| 4940 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); |
| 4941 | |
| 4942 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both |
| 4943 | // directions is not implemented yet... |
| 4944 | // |
| 4945 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) |
| 4946 | { |
| 4947 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 4948 | return; |
| 4949 | } |
| 4950 | |
| 4951 | if ( dragRow >= 0 ) |
| 4952 | { |
| 4953 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 4956 | { |
| 4957 | if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) |
| 4958 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW); |
| 4959 | } |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 | if ( dragCol >= 0 ) |
| 4962 | { |
| 4963 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; |
| 4964 | } |
| 4965 | |
| 4966 | return; |
| 4967 | } |
| 4968 | |
| 4969 | if ( dragCol >= 0 ) |
| 4970 | { |
| 4971 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; |
| 4972 | |
| 4973 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 4974 | { |
| 4975 | if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) |
| 4976 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL); |
| 4977 | } |
| 4978 | |
| 4979 | return; |
| 4980 | } |
| 4981 | |
| 4982 | // Neither on a row or col edge |
| 4983 | // |
| 4984 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) |
| 4985 | { |
| 4986 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); |
| 4987 | } |
| 4988 | } |
| 4989 | } |
| 4990 | |
| 4991 | |
| 4992 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow() |
| 4993 | { |
| 4994 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 4995 | { |
| 4996 | // erase the last line and resize the row |
| 4997 | // |
| 4998 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; |
| 4999 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 5000 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); |
| 5001 | |
| 5002 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 5003 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 5004 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); |
| 5005 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); |
| 5006 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 5007 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 5008 | |
| 5009 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol); |
| 5010 | SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol, |
| 5011 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT ) ); |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 5014 | { |
| 5015 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.y: |
| 5016 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) ); |
| 5017 | rect.x = 0; |
| 5018 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); |
| 5019 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 5020 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; |
| 5021 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); |
| 5022 | rect.width = cw; |
| 5023 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); |
| 5024 | } |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | ShowCellEditControl(); |
| 5027 | } |
| 5028 | } |
| 5029 | |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol() |
| 5032 | { |
| 5033 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) |
| 5034 | { |
| 5035 | // erase the last line and resize the col |
| 5036 | // |
| 5037 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; |
| 5038 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 5039 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 5042 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 5043 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); |
| 5044 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); |
| 5045 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 5046 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 5047 | |
| 5048 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol); |
| 5049 | SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol, |
| 5050 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft, |
| 5051 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) ); |
| 5052 | |
| 5053 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 5054 | { |
| 5055 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.x: |
| 5056 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) ); |
| 5057 | rect.y = 0; |
| 5058 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); |
| 5059 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; |
| 5060 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; |
| 5061 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); |
| 5062 | rect.height = ch; |
| 5063 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); |
| 5064 | } |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 | ShowCellEditControl(); |
| 5067 | } |
| 5068 | } |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | // |
| 5073 | // ------ interaction with data model |
| 5074 | // |
| 5075 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) |
| 5076 | { |
| 5077 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) |
| 5078 | { |
| 5079 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: |
| 5080 | return GetModelValues(); |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: |
| 5083 | return SetModelValues(); |
| 5084 | |
| 5085 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: |
| 5086 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: |
| 5087 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: |
| 5088 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: |
| 5089 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: |
| 5090 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: |
| 5091 | return Redimension( msg ); |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 | default: |
| 5094 | return FALSE; |
| 5095 | } |
| 5096 | } |
| 5097 | |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class |
| 5101 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the |
| 5102 | // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but |
| 5103 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. |
| 5104 | // |
| 5105 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() |
| 5106 | { |
| 5107 | if ( m_table ) |
| 5108 | { |
| 5109 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) |
| 5110 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 | m_table->Clear(); |
| 5113 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 5114 | } |
| 5115 | } |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | |
| 5118 | bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) |
| 5119 | { |
| 5120 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 | if ( !m_created ) |
| 5123 | { |
| 5124 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 5125 | return FALSE; |
| 5126 | } |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 | if ( m_table ) |
| 5129 | { |
| 5130 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) |
| 5131 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 | return m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows ); |
| 5134 | |
| 5135 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row |
| 5136 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message |
| 5137 | } |
| 5138 | return FALSE; |
| 5139 | } |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 | bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) |
| 5143 | { |
| 5144 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 | if ( !m_created ) |
| 5147 | { |
| 5148 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 5149 | return FALSE; |
| 5150 | } |
| 5151 | |
| 5152 | return ( m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows ) ); |
| 5153 | // the table will have sent the results of the append row |
| 5154 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message |
| 5155 | } |
| 5156 | |
| 5157 | |
| 5158 | bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) |
| 5159 | { |
| 5160 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 | if ( !m_created ) |
| 5163 | { |
| 5164 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 5165 | return FALSE; |
| 5166 | } |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 | if ( m_table ) |
| 5169 | { |
| 5170 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) |
| 5171 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 | return (m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows )); |
| 5174 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete row |
| 5175 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message |
| 5176 | } |
| 5177 | return FALSE; |
| 5178 | } |
| 5179 | |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) |
| 5182 | { |
| 5183 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 | if ( !m_created ) |
| 5186 | { |
| 5187 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 5188 | return FALSE; |
| 5189 | } |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 | if ( m_table ) |
| 5192 | { |
| 5193 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) |
| 5194 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 5195 | |
| 5196 | return m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols ); |
| 5197 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert col |
| 5198 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message |
| 5199 | } |
| 5200 | return FALSE; |
| 5201 | } |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 | |
| 5204 | bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) |
| 5205 | { |
| 5206 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 | if ( !m_created ) |
| 5209 | { |
| 5210 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 5211 | return FALSE; |
| 5212 | } |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 | return ( m_table && m_table->AppendCols( numCols ) ); |
| 5215 | // the table will have sent the results of the append col |
| 5216 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message |
| 5217 | } |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 | |
| 5220 | bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) |
| 5221 | { |
| 5222 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 | if ( !m_created ) |
| 5225 | { |
| 5226 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); |
| 5227 | return FALSE; |
| 5228 | } |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 | if ( m_table ) |
| 5231 | { |
| 5232 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) |
| 5233 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 5234 | |
| 5235 | return ( m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols ) ); |
| 5236 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete col |
| 5237 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message |
| 5238 | } |
| 5239 | return FALSE; |
| 5240 | } |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 | // |
| 5245 | // ----- event handlers |
| 5246 | // |
| 5247 | |
| 5248 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and |
| 5249 | // return the result of ProcessEvent() |
| 5250 | // |
| 5251 | bool wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, |
| 5252 | int row, int col, |
| 5253 | wxMouseEvent& mouseEv ) |
| 5254 | { |
| 5255 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) |
| 5256 | { |
| 5257 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), |
| 5260 | type, |
| 5261 | this, |
| 5262 | rowOrCol, |
| 5263 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetColLabelSize(), |
| 5264 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetRowLabelSize(), |
| 5265 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), |
| 5266 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), |
| 5267 | mouseEv.AltDown(), |
| 5268 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 5271 | } |
| 5272 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) |
| 5273 | { |
| 5274 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! |
| 5275 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), |
| 5276 | type, |
| 5277 | this, |
| 5278 | m_selectingTopLeft, |
| 5279 | m_selectingBottomRight, |
| 5280 | TRUE, |
| 5281 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), |
| 5282 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), |
| 5283 | mouseEv.AltDown(), |
| 5284 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 5287 | } |
| 5288 | else |
| 5289 | { |
| 5290 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), |
| 5291 | type, |
| 5292 | this, |
| 5293 | row, col, |
| 5294 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetColLabelSize(), |
| 5295 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetRowLabelSize(), |
| 5296 | FALSE, |
| 5297 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), |
| 5298 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), |
| 5299 | mouseEv.AltDown(), |
| 5300 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 5303 | } |
| 5304 | } |
| 5305 | |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result |
| 5308 | // of ProcessEvent(). |
| 5309 | // |
| 5310 | bool wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, |
| 5311 | int row, int col ) |
| 5312 | { |
| 5313 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) |
| 5314 | { |
| 5315 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), |
| 5318 | type, |
| 5319 | this, |
| 5320 | rowOrCol ); |
| 5321 | |
| 5322 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 5323 | } |
| 5324 | else |
| 5325 | { |
| 5326 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), |
| 5327 | type, |
| 5328 | this, |
| 5329 | row, col ); |
| 5330 | |
| 5331 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); |
| 5332 | } |
| 5333 | } |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 5337 | { |
| 5338 | wxPaintDC dc(this); // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW |
| 5339 | } |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 | // This is just here to make sure that CalcDimensions gets called when |
| 5343 | // the grid view is resized... then the size event is skipped to allow |
| 5344 | // the box sizers to handle everything |
| 5345 | // |
| 5346 | void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) |
| 5347 | { |
| 5348 | CalcWindowSizes(); |
| 5349 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 5350 | } |
| 5351 | |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 5354 | { |
| 5355 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) |
| 5356 | { |
| 5357 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... |
| 5358 | // |
| 5359 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); |
| 5360 | } |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 | m_inOnKeyDown = TRUE; |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed |
| 5365 | // |
| 5366 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); |
| 5367 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); |
| 5368 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) |
| 5371 | { |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | // try local handlers |
| 5374 | // |
| 5375 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) |
| 5376 | { |
| 5377 | case WXK_UP: |
| 5378 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 5379 | { |
| 5380 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 5381 | } |
| 5382 | else |
| 5383 | { |
| 5384 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 5385 | } |
| 5386 | break; |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 | case WXK_DOWN: |
| 5389 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 5390 | { |
| 5391 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 5392 | } |
| 5393 | else |
| 5394 | { |
| 5395 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 5396 | } |
| 5397 | break; |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 | case WXK_LEFT: |
| 5400 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 5401 | { |
| 5402 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 5403 | } |
| 5404 | else |
| 5405 | { |
| 5406 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 5407 | } |
| 5408 | break; |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 | case WXK_RIGHT: |
| 5411 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 5412 | { |
| 5413 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 5414 | } |
| 5415 | else |
| 5416 | { |
| 5417 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 5418 | } |
| 5419 | break; |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 | case WXK_RETURN: |
| 5422 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 5423 | { |
| 5424 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return |
| 5425 | } |
| 5426 | else |
| 5427 | { |
| 5428 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) |
| 5429 | { |
| 5430 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); |
| 5431 | } |
| 5432 | else |
| 5433 | { |
| 5434 | // at the bottom of a column |
| 5435 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 5436 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 5437 | } |
| 5438 | } |
| 5439 | break; |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 | case WXK_ESCAPE: |
| 5442 | ClearSelection(); |
| 5443 | break; |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 | case WXK_TAB: |
| 5446 | if (event.ShiftDown()) |
| 5447 | { |
| 5448 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) |
| 5449 | { |
| 5450 | MoveCursorLeft( FALSE ); |
| 5451 | } |
| 5452 | else |
| 5453 | { |
| 5454 | // at left of grid |
| 5455 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 5456 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 5457 | } |
| 5458 | } |
| 5459 | else |
| 5460 | { |
| 5461 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols()-1 ) |
| 5462 | { |
| 5463 | MoveCursorRight( FALSE ); |
| 5464 | } |
| 5465 | else |
| 5466 | { |
| 5467 | // at right of grid |
| 5468 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 5469 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 5470 | } |
| 5471 | } |
| 5472 | break; |
| 5473 | |
| 5474 | case WXK_HOME: |
| 5475 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 5476 | { |
| 5477 | MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 ); |
| 5478 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 5479 | } |
| 5480 | else |
| 5481 | { |
| 5482 | event.Skip(); |
| 5483 | } |
| 5484 | break; |
| 5485 | |
| 5486 | case WXK_END: |
| 5487 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 5488 | { |
| 5489 | MakeCellVisible( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); |
| 5490 | SetCurrentCell( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); |
| 5491 | } |
| 5492 | else |
| 5493 | { |
| 5494 | event.Skip(); |
| 5495 | } |
| 5496 | break; |
| 5497 | |
| 5498 | case WXK_PRIOR: |
| 5499 | MovePageUp(); |
| 5500 | break; |
| 5501 | |
| 5502 | case WXK_NEXT: |
| 5503 | MovePageDown(); |
| 5504 | break; |
| 5505 | |
| 5506 | case WXK_SPACE: |
| 5507 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) |
| 5508 | { |
| 5509 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 5510 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), |
| 5511 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 5512 | event.ShiftDown(), |
| 5513 | event.AltDown(), |
| 5514 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 5515 | break; |
| 5516 | } |
| 5517 | if ( !IsEditable() ) |
| 5518 | { |
| 5519 | MoveCursorRight( FALSE ); |
| 5520 | break; |
| 5521 | } |
| 5522 | // Otherwise fall through to default |
| 5523 | |
| 5524 | default: |
| 5525 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? |
| 5526 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) |
| 5527 | { |
| 5528 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key |
| 5529 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 5530 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 5531 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 5532 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 5533 | |
| 5534 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for |
| 5535 | // other keys - ask the editor itself |
| 5536 | if ( (event.KeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) |
| 5537 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) |
| 5538 | { |
| 5539 | EnableCellEditControl(); |
| 5540 | editor->StartingKey(event); |
| 5541 | } |
| 5542 | else |
| 5543 | { |
| 5544 | event.Skip(); |
| 5545 | } |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 5548 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 5549 | } |
| 5550 | else |
| 5551 | { |
| 5552 | // let others process char events with modifiers or all |
| 5553 | // char events for readonly cells |
| 5554 | event.Skip(); |
| 5555 | } |
| 5556 | break; |
| 5557 | } |
| 5558 | } |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 | m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE; |
| 5561 | } |
| 5562 | |
| 5563 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) |
| 5564 | { |
| 5565 | // try local handlers |
| 5566 | // |
| 5567 | if ( event.KeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) |
| 5568 | { |
| 5569 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 5570 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 5571 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), |
| 5572 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), |
| 5573 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), |
| 5574 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), |
| 5575 | event.ControlDown(), |
| 5576 | TRUE, |
| 5577 | event.AltDown(), |
| 5578 | event.MetaDown() ); |
| 5579 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 5580 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 5581 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 5582 | } |
| 5583 | } |
| 5584 | |
| 5585 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) |
| 5586 | { |
| 5587 | } |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 | void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) |
| 5590 | { |
| 5591 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) ) |
| 5592 | { |
| 5593 | // the event has been intercepted - do nothing |
| 5594 | return; |
| 5595 | } |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); |
| 5598 | PrepareDC(dc); |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 5601 | { |
| 5602 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 5603 | DisableCellEditControl(); |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, FALSE ) ) |
| 5606 | { |
| 5607 | wxRect r; |
| 5608 | r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords); |
| 5609 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) |
| 5610 | { |
| 5611 | r.x--; |
| 5612 | r.y--; |
| 5613 | r.width++; |
| 5614 | r.height++; |
| 5615 | } |
| 5616 | |
| 5617 | CalcCellsExposed( r ); |
| 5618 | |
| 5619 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! |
| 5620 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; |
| 5621 | |
| 5622 | DrawGridCellArea(dc); |
| 5623 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); |
| 5624 | } |
| 5625 | } |
| 5626 | |
| 5627 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; |
| 5628 | |
| 5629 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords); |
| 5630 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); |
| 5631 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 5632 | } |
| 5633 | |
| 5634 | |
| 5635 | void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol ) |
| 5636 | { |
| 5637 | int temp; |
| 5638 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight; |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) |
| 5641 | { |
| 5642 | leftCol = 0; |
| 5643 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; |
| 5644 | } |
| 5645 | else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) |
| 5646 | { |
| 5647 | topRow = 0; |
| 5648 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; |
| 5649 | } |
| 5650 | if ( topRow > bottomRow ) |
| 5651 | { |
| 5652 | temp = topRow; |
| 5653 | topRow = bottomRow; |
| 5654 | bottomRow = temp; |
| 5655 | } |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 | if ( leftCol > rightCol ) |
| 5658 | { |
| 5659 | temp = leftCol; |
| 5660 | leftCol = rightCol; |
| 5661 | rightCol = temp; |
| 5662 | } |
| 5663 | |
| 5664 | updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ); |
| 5665 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ); |
| 5666 | |
| 5667 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft || |
| 5668 | m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) |
| 5669 | { |
| 5670 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: |
| 5671 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the |
| 5672 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! |
| 5673 | wxRect rect[4]; |
| 5674 | bool need_refresh[4]; |
| 5675 | need_refresh[0] = |
| 5676 | need_refresh[1] = |
| 5677 | need_refresh[2] = |
| 5678 | need_refresh[3] = FALSE; |
| 5679 | int i; |
| 5680 | |
| 5681 | // Store intermediate values |
| 5682 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(); |
| 5683 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(); |
| 5684 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(); |
| 5685 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(); |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. |
| 5688 | if (oldLeft > leftCol) |
| 5689 | { |
| 5690 | temp = oldLeft; |
| 5691 | oldLeft = leftCol; |
| 5692 | leftCol = temp; |
| 5693 | } |
| 5694 | if (oldTop > topRow ) |
| 5695 | { |
| 5696 | temp = oldTop; |
| 5697 | oldTop = topRow; |
| 5698 | topRow = temp; |
| 5699 | } |
| 5700 | if (oldRight < rightCol ) |
| 5701 | { |
| 5702 | temp = oldRight; |
| 5703 | oldRight = rightCol; |
| 5704 | rightCol = temp; |
| 5705 | } |
| 5706 | if (oldBottom < bottomRow) |
| 5707 | { |
| 5708 | temp = oldBottom; |
| 5709 | oldBottom = bottomRow; |
| 5710 | bottomRow = temp; |
| 5711 | } |
| 5712 | |
| 5713 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer |
| 5714 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one |
| 5715 | // is contained in the other. |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) |
| 5718 | { |
| 5719 | need_refresh[0] = TRUE; |
| 5720 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, |
| 5721 | oldLeft ), |
| 5722 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, |
| 5723 | leftCol - 1 ) ); |
| 5724 | } |
| 5725 | |
| 5726 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) |
| 5727 | { |
| 5728 | need_refresh[1] = TRUE; |
| 5729 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, |
| 5730 | leftCol ), |
| 5731 | wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1, |
| 5732 | rightCol ) ); |
| 5733 | } |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) |
| 5736 | { |
| 5737 | need_refresh[2] = TRUE; |
| 5738 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, |
| 5739 | rightCol + 1 ), |
| 5740 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, |
| 5741 | oldRight ) ); |
| 5742 | } |
| 5743 | |
| 5744 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) |
| 5745 | { |
| 5746 | need_refresh[3] = TRUE; |
| 5747 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1, |
| 5748 | leftCol ), |
| 5749 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, |
| 5750 | rightCol ) ); |
| 5751 | } |
| 5752 | |
| 5753 | |
| 5754 | // Change Selection |
| 5755 | m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft; |
| 5756 | m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight; |
| 5757 | |
| 5758 | // various Refresh() calls |
| 5759 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) |
| 5760 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) |
| 5761 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &(rect[i]) ); |
| 5762 | } |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 | // never generate an event as it will be generated from |
| 5765 | // wxGridSelection::SelectBlock! |
| 5766 | // (old comment from when this was the body of SelectBlock) |
| 5767 | } |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 | |
| 5770 | // |
| 5771 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) |
| 5772 | // |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() |
| 5775 | { |
| 5776 | if ( m_table ) |
| 5777 | { |
| 5778 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid |
| 5779 | // |
| 5780 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 5781 | return TRUE; |
| 5782 | } |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | return FALSE; |
| 5785 | } |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() |
| 5789 | { |
| 5790 | int row, col; |
| 5791 | |
| 5792 | if ( m_table ) |
| 5793 | { |
| 5794 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) |
| 5795 | { |
| 5796 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) |
| 5797 | { |
| 5798 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); |
| 5799 | } |
| 5800 | } |
| 5801 | |
| 5802 | return TRUE; |
| 5803 | } |
| 5804 | |
| 5805 | return FALSE; |
| 5806 | } |
| 5807 | |
| 5808 | |
| 5809 | |
| 5810 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of |
| 5811 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by |
| 5812 | // CalcExposedCells) |
| 5813 | // |
| 5814 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc ) |
| 5815 | { |
| 5816 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) return; |
| 5817 | |
| 5818 | size_t i; |
| 5819 | size_t numCells = m_cellsExposed.GetCount(); |
| 5820 | |
| 5821 | for ( i = 0; i < numCells; i++ ) |
| 5822 | { |
| 5823 | DrawCell( dc, m_cellsExposed[i] ); |
| 5824 | } |
| 5825 | } |
| 5826 | |
| 5827 | |
| 5828 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) |
| 5829 | { |
| 5830 | int cw, ch; |
| 5831 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 5832 | |
| 5833 | int right, bottom; |
| 5834 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); |
| 5835 | |
| 5836 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0; |
| 5837 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0 ; |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) |
| 5840 | { |
| 5841 | int left, top; |
| 5842 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); |
| 5843 | |
| 5844 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); |
| 5845 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | if ( right > rightCol ) |
| 5848 | { |
| 5849 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch); |
| 5850 | } |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) |
| 5853 | { |
| 5854 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow); |
| 5855 | } |
| 5856 | } |
| 5857 | } |
| 5858 | |
| 5859 | |
| 5860 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) |
| 5861 | { |
| 5862 | int row = coords.GetRow(); |
| 5863 | int col = coords.GetCol(); |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 5866 | return; |
| 5867 | |
| 5868 | // we draw the cell border ourselves |
| 5869 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES |
| 5870 | if ( m_gridLinesEnabled ) |
| 5871 | DrawCellBorder( dc, coords ); |
| 5872 | #endif |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 5875 | |
| 5876 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; |
| 5877 | |
| 5878 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); |
| 5879 | |
| 5880 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer |
| 5881 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! |
| 5882 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 5883 | { |
| 5884 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 5885 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); |
| 5886 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 5887 | } |
| 5888 | else |
| 5889 | { |
| 5890 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be |
| 5891 | // customized |
| 5892 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); |
| 5893 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); |
| 5894 | renderer->DecRef(); |
| 5895 | } |
| 5896 | |
| 5897 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 5898 | } |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) |
| 5901 | { |
| 5902 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 5903 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 5904 | |
| 5905 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 5906 | return; |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); |
| 5909 | |
| 5910 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? |
| 5911 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but |
| 5912 | // it doesn't look really good |
| 5913 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_cellHighlightColour, attr->IsReadOnly() ? 1 : 3, wxSOLID)); |
| 5914 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); |
| 5917 | |
| 5918 | #if 0 |
| 5919 | // VZ: my experiments with 3d borders... |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 | // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg? |
| 5922 | wxCoord x1 = rect.x, |
| 5923 | y1 = rect.y, |
| 5924 | x2 = rect.x + rect.width -1, |
| 5925 | y2 = rect.y + rect.height -1; |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); |
| 5928 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1); |
| 5929 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2); |
| 5930 | |
| 5931 | dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1); |
| 5932 | dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2 ); |
| 5933 | |
| 5934 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); |
| 5935 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2); |
| 5936 | dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2+1); |
| 5937 | #endif // 0 |
| 5938 | } |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) |
| 5942 | { |
| 5943 | int row = coords.GetRow(); |
| 5944 | int col = coords.GetCol(); |
| 5945 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 5946 | return; |
| 5947 | |
| 5948 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 | // right hand border |
| 5951 | // |
| 5952 | dc.DrawLine( GetColRight(col), GetRowTop(row), |
| 5953 | GetColRight(col), GetRowBottom(row) ); |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 | // bottom border |
| 5956 | // |
| 5957 | dc.DrawLine( GetColLeft(col), GetRowBottom(row), |
| 5958 | GetColRight(col), GetRowBottom(row) ); |
| 5959 | } |
| 5960 | |
| 5961 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc) |
| 5962 | { |
| 5963 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't |
| 5964 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB |
| 5965 | // |
| 5966 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 5967 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) |
| 5968 | { |
| 5969 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); |
| 5970 | } |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) |
| 5973 | { |
| 5974 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown |
| 5975 | return; |
| 5976 | } |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it |
| 5979 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines |
| 5980 | size_t count = m_cellsExposed.GetCount(); |
| 5981 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
| 5982 | { |
| 5983 | if ( m_cellsExposed[n] == m_currentCellCoords ) |
| 5984 | { |
| 5985 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); |
| 5986 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); |
| 5987 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 5988 | |
| 5989 | break; |
| 5990 | } |
| 5991 | } |
| 5992 | } |
| 5993 | |
| 5994 | // TODO: remove this ??? |
| 5995 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour |
| 5996 | // has been changed |
| 5997 | // |
| 5998 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED_GTK(reg) ) |
| 5999 | { |
| 6000 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || |
| 6001 | !m_numRows || |
| 6002 | !m_numCols ) return; |
| 6003 | |
| 6004 | int top, bottom, left, right; |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 | #if 0 //#ifndef __WXGTK__ |
| 6007 | if (reg.IsEmpty()) |
| 6008 | { |
| 6009 | int cw, ch; |
| 6010 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); |
| 6011 | |
| 6012 | // virtual coords of visible area |
| 6013 | // |
| 6014 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); |
| 6015 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); |
| 6016 | } |
| 6017 | else |
| 6018 | { |
| 6019 | wxCoord x, y, w, h; |
| 6020 | reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h); |
| 6021 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top ); |
| 6022 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom ); |
| 6023 | } |
| 6024 | #else |
| 6025 | int cw, ch; |
| 6026 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); |
| 6027 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); |
| 6028 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); |
| 6029 | #endif |
| 6030 | |
| 6031 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col |
| 6032 | // |
| 6033 | right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) ); |
| 6034 | bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) ); |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 | // horizontal grid lines |
| 6039 | // |
| 6040 | int i; |
| 6041 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 6042 | { |
| 6043 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; |
| 6044 | |
| 6045 | if ( bot > bottom ) |
| 6046 | { |
| 6047 | break; |
| 6048 | } |
| 6049 | |
| 6050 | if ( bot >= top ) |
| 6051 | { |
| 6052 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); |
| 6053 | } |
| 6054 | } |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 | |
| 6057 | // vertical grid lines |
| 6058 | // |
| 6059 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 6060 | { |
| 6061 | int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1; |
| 6062 | if ( colRight > right ) |
| 6063 | { |
| 6064 | break; |
| 6065 | } |
| 6066 | |
| 6067 | if ( colRight >= left ) |
| 6068 | { |
| 6069 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); |
| 6070 | } |
| 6071 | } |
| 6072 | } |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 | |
| 6075 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ) |
| 6076 | { |
| 6077 | if ( !m_numRows ) return; |
| 6078 | |
| 6079 | size_t i; |
| 6080 | size_t numLabels = m_rowLabelsExposed.GetCount(); |
| 6081 | |
| 6082 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) |
| 6083 | { |
| 6084 | DrawRowLabel( dc, m_rowLabelsExposed[i] ); |
| 6085 | } |
| 6086 | } |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 | |
| 6089 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) |
| 6090 | { |
| 6091 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) |
| 6092 | return; |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), |
| 6095 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; |
| 6096 | |
| 6097 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); |
| 6098 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop, |
| 6099 | m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom ); |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom ); |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); |
| 6104 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); |
| 6105 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop ); |
| 6106 | |
| 6107 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); |
| 6108 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); |
| 6109 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); |
| 6110 | |
| 6111 | int hAlign, vAlign; |
| 6112 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); |
| 6113 | |
| 6114 | wxRect rect; |
| 6115 | rect.SetX( 2 ); |
| 6116 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); |
| 6117 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); |
| 6118 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); |
| 6119 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); |
| 6120 | } |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 | |
| 6123 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc ) |
| 6124 | { |
| 6125 | if ( !m_numCols ) return; |
| 6126 | |
| 6127 | size_t i; |
| 6128 | size_t numLabels = m_colLabelsExposed.GetCount(); |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) |
| 6131 | { |
| 6132 | DrawColLabel( dc, m_colLabelsExposed[i] ); |
| 6133 | } |
| 6134 | } |
| 6135 | |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col ) |
| 6138 | { |
| 6139 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 ) |
| 6140 | return; |
| 6141 | |
| 6142 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col), |
| 6143 | colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); |
| 6146 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, |
| 6147 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1, |
| 6150 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); |
| 6151 | |
| 6152 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); |
| 6153 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); |
| 6154 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 ); |
| 6155 | |
| 6156 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); |
| 6157 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); |
| 6158 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); |
| 6159 | |
| 6160 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); |
| 6161 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); |
| 6162 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); |
| 6163 | |
| 6164 | int hAlign, vAlign; |
| 6165 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); |
| 6166 | |
| 6167 | wxRect rect; |
| 6168 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 ); |
| 6169 | rect.SetY( 2 ); |
| 6170 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 ); |
| 6171 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 ); |
| 6172 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); |
| 6173 | } |
| 6174 | |
| 6175 | |
| 6176 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, |
| 6177 | const wxString& value, |
| 6178 | const wxRect& rect, |
| 6179 | int horizAlign, |
| 6180 | int vertAlign ) |
| 6181 | { |
| 6182 | long textWidth, textHeight; |
| 6183 | long lineWidth, lineHeight; |
| 6184 | wxArrayString lines; |
| 6185 | |
| 6186 | dc.SetClippingRegion( rect ); |
| 6187 | StringToLines( value, lines ); |
| 6188 | if ( lines.GetCount() ) |
| 6189 | { |
| 6190 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); |
| 6191 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[0], &lineWidth, &lineHeight ); |
| 6192 | |
| 6193 | float x, y; |
| 6194 | switch ( horizAlign ) |
| 6195 | { |
| 6196 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: |
| 6197 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - textWidth - 1); |
| 6198 | break; |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: |
| 6201 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth)/2); |
| 6202 | break; |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: |
| 6205 | default: |
| 6206 | x = rect.x + 1; |
| 6207 | break; |
| 6208 | } |
| 6209 | |
| 6210 | switch ( vertAlign ) |
| 6211 | { |
| 6212 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: |
| 6213 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); |
| 6214 | break; |
| 6215 | |
| 6216 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: |
| 6217 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight)/2); |
| 6218 | break; |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 | case wxALIGN_TOP: |
| 6221 | default: |
| 6222 | y = rect.y + 1; |
| 6223 | break; |
| 6224 | } |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) |
| 6227 | { |
| 6228 | dc.DrawText( lines[i], (int)x, (int)y ); |
| 6229 | y += lineHeight; |
| 6230 | } |
| 6231 | } |
| 6232 | |
| 6233 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); |
| 6234 | } |
| 6235 | |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 | // Split multi line text up into an array of strings. Any existing |
| 6238 | // contents of the string array are preserved. |
| 6239 | // |
| 6240 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) |
| 6241 | { |
| 6242 | int startPos = 0; |
| 6243 | int pos; |
| 6244 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); |
| 6245 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.Length() ) |
| 6248 | { |
| 6249 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); |
| 6250 | if ( pos < 0 ) |
| 6251 | { |
| 6252 | break; |
| 6253 | } |
| 6254 | else if ( pos == 0 ) |
| 6255 | { |
| 6256 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); |
| 6257 | } |
| 6258 | else |
| 6259 | { |
| 6260 | lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) ); |
| 6261 | } |
| 6262 | startPos += pos+1; |
| 6263 | } |
| 6264 | if ( startPos < (int)value.Length() ) |
| 6265 | { |
| 6266 | lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) ); |
| 6267 | } |
| 6268 | } |
| 6269 | |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( wxDC& dc, |
| 6272 | wxArrayString& lines, |
| 6273 | long *width, long *height ) |
| 6274 | { |
| 6275 | long w = 0; |
| 6276 | long h = 0; |
| 6277 | long lineW, lineH; |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 | size_t i; |
| 6280 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) |
| 6281 | { |
| 6282 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); |
| 6283 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); |
| 6284 | h += lineH; |
| 6285 | } |
| 6286 | |
| 6287 | *width = w; |
| 6288 | *height = h; |
| 6289 | } |
| 6290 | |
| 6291 | // |
| 6292 | // ------ Batch processing. |
| 6293 | // |
| 6294 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() |
| 6295 | { |
| 6296 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) |
| 6297 | { |
| 6298 | m_batchCount--; |
| 6299 | if ( !m_batchCount ) |
| 6300 | { |
| 6301 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 6302 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 6303 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 6304 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 6305 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 6306 | } |
| 6307 | } |
| 6308 | } |
| 6309 | |
| 6310 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate |
| 6311 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a |
| 6312 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. |
| 6313 | // |
| 6314 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() |
| 6315 | { |
| 6316 | BeginBatch(); |
| 6317 | EndBatch(); |
| 6318 | } |
| 6319 | |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 | // |
| 6322 | // ------ Edit control functions |
| 6323 | // |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 | |
| 6326 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) |
| 6327 | { |
| 6328 | // TODO: improve this ? |
| 6329 | // |
| 6330 | if ( edit != m_editable ) |
| 6331 | { |
| 6332 | if(!edit) EnableCellEditControl(edit); |
| 6333 | m_editable = edit; |
| 6334 | } |
| 6335 | } |
| 6336 | |
| 6337 | |
| 6338 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) |
| 6339 | { |
| 6340 | if (! m_editable) |
| 6341 | return; |
| 6342 | |
| 6343 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6344 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); |
| 6345 | |
| 6346 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) |
| 6347 | { |
| 6348 | // TODO allow the app to Veto() this event? |
| 6349 | SendEvent(enable ? wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN : wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN); |
| 6350 | |
| 6351 | if ( enable ) |
| 6352 | { |
| 6353 | // this should be checked by the caller! |
| 6354 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), |
| 6355 | _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() |
| 6358 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; |
| 6359 | |
| 6360 | ShowCellEditControl(); |
| 6361 | } |
| 6362 | else |
| 6363 | { |
| 6364 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 6365 | SaveEditControlValue(); |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() |
| 6368 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; |
| 6369 | } |
| 6370 | } |
| 6371 | } |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const |
| 6374 | { |
| 6375 | // const_cast |
| 6376 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); |
| 6377 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); |
| 6378 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 6379 | |
| 6380 | return readonly; |
| 6381 | } |
| 6382 | |
| 6383 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const |
| 6384 | { |
| 6385 | return m_editable && !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); |
| 6386 | } |
| 6387 | |
| 6388 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const |
| 6389 | { |
| 6390 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the |
| 6391 | // current one if it's read only |
| 6392 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : FALSE; |
| 6393 | } |
| 6394 | |
| 6395 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const |
| 6396 | { |
| 6397 | bool isShown = FALSE; |
| 6398 | |
| 6399 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) |
| 6400 | { |
| 6401 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 6402 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 6403 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 6404 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); |
| 6405 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 | if ( editor ) |
| 6408 | { |
| 6409 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) |
| 6410 | { |
| 6411 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); |
| 6412 | } |
| 6413 | |
| 6414 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 6415 | } |
| 6416 | } |
| 6417 | |
| 6418 | return isShown; |
| 6419 | } |
| 6420 | |
| 6421 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() |
| 6422 | { |
| 6423 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) |
| 6424 | { |
| 6425 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords ) ) |
| 6426 | { |
| 6427 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE; |
| 6428 | return; |
| 6429 | } |
| 6430 | else |
| 6431 | { |
| 6432 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); |
| 6433 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 6434 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 6435 | |
| 6436 | // convert to scrolled coords |
| 6437 | // |
| 6438 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); |
| 6439 | |
| 6440 | // done in PaintBackground() |
| 6441 | #if 0 |
| 6442 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor |
| 6443 | // might not cover the entire cell |
| 6444 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 6445 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 6446 | dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); |
| 6447 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); |
| 6448 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); |
| 6449 | #endif // 0 |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 | // cell is shifted by one pixel |
| 6452 | rect.x--; |
| 6453 | rect.y--; |
| 6454 | |
| 6455 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 6456 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 6457 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) |
| 6458 | { |
| 6459 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, -1, |
| 6460 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); |
| 6461 | } |
| 6462 | |
| 6463 | editor->Show( TRUE, attr ); |
| 6464 | |
| 6465 | editor->SetSize( rect ); |
| 6466 | |
| 6467 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); |
| 6468 | |
| 6469 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 6470 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 6471 | } |
| 6472 | } |
| 6473 | } |
| 6474 | |
| 6475 | |
| 6476 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() |
| 6477 | { |
| 6478 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) |
| 6479 | { |
| 6480 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 6481 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 6482 | |
| 6483 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 6484 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 6485 | editor->Show( FALSE ); |
| 6486 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 6487 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 6488 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); |
| 6489 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); |
| 6490 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); |
| 6491 | } |
| 6492 | } |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 | |
| 6495 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() |
| 6496 | { |
| 6497 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) |
| 6498 | { |
| 6499 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 6500 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 6501 | |
| 6502 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 6503 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 6504 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this); |
| 6505 | |
| 6506 | editor->DecRef(); |
| 6507 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 6508 | |
| 6509 | if (changed) |
| 6510 | { |
| 6511 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, |
| 6512 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 6513 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); |
| 6514 | } |
| 6515 | } |
| 6516 | } |
| 6517 | |
| 6518 | |
| 6519 | // |
| 6520 | // ------ Grid location functions |
| 6521 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of |
| 6522 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device |
| 6523 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. |
| 6524 | // |
| 6525 | |
| 6526 | void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) |
| 6527 | { |
| 6528 | int row = YToRow(y); |
| 6529 | int col = XToCol(x); |
| 6530 | |
| 6531 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ) |
| 6532 | { |
| 6533 | coords = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 6534 | } |
| 6535 | else |
| 6536 | { |
| 6537 | coords.Set( row, col ); |
| 6538 | } |
| 6539 | } |
| 6540 | |
| 6541 | |
| 6542 | int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) |
| 6543 | { |
| 6544 | int i; |
| 6545 | |
| 6546 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 6547 | { |
| 6548 | if ( y < GetRowBottom(i) ) |
| 6549 | return i; |
| 6550 | } |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | return -1; |
| 6553 | } |
| 6554 | |
| 6555 | |
| 6556 | int wxGrid::XToCol( int x ) |
| 6557 | { |
| 6558 | int i; |
| 6559 | |
| 6560 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 6561 | { |
| 6562 | if ( x < GetColRight(i) ) |
| 6563 | return i; |
| 6564 | } |
| 6565 | |
| 6566 | return -1; |
| 6567 | } |
| 6568 | |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 | // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or |
| 6571 | // -1 if not near an edge |
| 6572 | // |
| 6573 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) |
| 6574 | { |
| 6575 | int i, d; |
| 6576 | |
| 6577 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 6578 | { |
| 6579 | if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) |
| 6580 | { |
| 6581 | d = abs( y - GetRowBottom(i) ); |
| 6582 | if ( d < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) |
| 6583 | return i; |
| 6584 | } |
| 6585 | } |
| 6586 | |
| 6587 | return -1; |
| 6588 | } |
| 6589 | |
| 6590 | |
| 6591 | // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or |
| 6592 | // -1 if not near an edge |
| 6593 | // |
| 6594 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) |
| 6595 | { |
| 6596 | int i, d; |
| 6597 | |
| 6598 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 6599 | { |
| 6600 | if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) |
| 6601 | { |
| 6602 | d = abs( x - GetColRight(i) ); |
| 6603 | if ( d < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) |
| 6604 | return i; |
| 6605 | } |
| 6606 | } |
| 6607 | |
| 6608 | return -1; |
| 6609 | } |
| 6610 | |
| 6611 | |
| 6612 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) |
| 6613 | { |
| 6614 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); |
| 6615 | |
| 6616 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && |
| 6617 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) |
| 6618 | { |
| 6619 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); |
| 6620 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); |
| 6621 | rect.width = GetColWidth(col); |
| 6622 | rect.height = GetRowHeight(row); |
| 6623 | } |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller |
| 6626 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) { |
| 6627 | rect.width -= 1; |
| 6628 | rect.height -= 1; |
| 6629 | } |
| 6630 | return rect; |
| 6631 | } |
| 6632 | |
| 6633 | |
| 6634 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) |
| 6635 | { |
| 6636 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords |
| 6637 | // |
| 6638 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); |
| 6639 | |
| 6640 | // convert to device coords |
| 6641 | // |
| 6642 | int left, top, right, bottom; |
| 6643 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); |
| 6644 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); |
| 6645 | |
| 6646 | // check against the client area of the grid window |
| 6647 | // |
| 6648 | int cw, ch; |
| 6649 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 6650 | |
| 6651 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) |
| 6652 | { |
| 6653 | // is the cell wholly visible ? |
| 6654 | // |
| 6655 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && |
| 6656 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); |
| 6657 | } |
| 6658 | else |
| 6659 | { |
| 6660 | // is the cell partly visible ? |
| 6661 | // |
| 6662 | return ( ((left >=0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && |
| 6663 | ((top >=0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); |
| 6664 | } |
| 6665 | } |
| 6666 | |
| 6667 | |
| 6668 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount |
| 6669 | // of scrolling |
| 6670 | // |
| 6671 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) |
| 6672 | { |
| 6673 | int i; |
| 6674 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; |
| 6675 | |
| 6676 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && |
| 6677 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) |
| 6678 | { |
| 6679 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords |
| 6680 | // |
| 6681 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); |
| 6682 | |
| 6683 | // convert to device coords |
| 6684 | // |
| 6685 | int left, top, right, bottom; |
| 6686 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); |
| 6687 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); |
| 6688 | |
| 6689 | int cw, ch; |
| 6690 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 6691 | |
| 6692 | if ( top < 0 ) |
| 6693 | { |
| 6694 | ypos = r.GetTop(); |
| 6695 | } |
| 6696 | else if ( bottom > ch ) |
| 6697 | { |
| 6698 | int h = r.GetHeight(); |
| 6699 | ypos = r.GetTop(); |
| 6700 | for ( i = row-1; i >= 0; i-- ) |
| 6701 | { |
| 6702 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); |
| 6703 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) |
| 6704 | break; |
| 6705 | |
| 6706 | h += rowHeight; |
| 6707 | ypos -= rowHeight; |
| 6708 | } |
| 6709 | |
| 6710 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't |
| 6711 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we |
| 6712 | // might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) |
| 6713 | ypos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2; |
| 6714 | } |
| 6715 | |
| 6716 | if ( left < 0 ) |
| 6717 | { |
| 6718 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); |
| 6719 | } |
| 6720 | else if ( right > cw ) |
| 6721 | { |
| 6722 | int w = r.GetWidth(); |
| 6723 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); |
| 6724 | for ( i = col-1; i >= 0; i-- ) |
| 6725 | { |
| 6726 | int colWidth = GetColWidth(i); |
| 6727 | if ( w + colWidth > cw ) |
| 6728 | break; |
| 6729 | |
| 6730 | w += colWidth; |
| 6731 | xpos -= colWidth; |
| 6732 | } |
| 6733 | |
| 6734 | // see comment for ypos above |
| 6735 | xpos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2; |
| 6736 | } |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) |
| 6739 | { |
| 6740 | if ( xpos != -1 ) xpos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE; |
| 6741 | if ( ypos != -1 ) ypos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE; |
| 6742 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); |
| 6743 | AdjustScrollbars(); |
| 6744 | } |
| 6745 | } |
| 6746 | } |
| 6747 | |
| 6748 | |
| 6749 | // |
| 6750 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions |
| 6751 | // |
| 6752 | |
| 6753 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection ) |
| 6754 | { |
| 6755 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 6756 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 ) |
| 6757 | { |
| 6758 | if ( expandSelection) |
| 6759 | { |
| 6760 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6761 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; |
| 6762 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 ) |
| 6763 | { |
| 6764 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 ); |
| 6765 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), |
| 6766 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); |
| 6767 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 6768 | } |
| 6769 | } |
| 6770 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) |
| 6771 | { |
| 6772 | ClearSelection(); |
| 6773 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1, |
| 6774 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); |
| 6775 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1, |
| 6776 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); |
| 6777 | } |
| 6778 | else |
| 6779 | return FALSE; |
| 6780 | return TRUE; |
| 6781 | } |
| 6782 | |
| 6783 | return FALSE; |
| 6784 | } |
| 6785 | |
| 6786 | |
| 6787 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection ) |
| 6788 | { |
| 6789 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 6790 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows ) |
| 6791 | { |
| 6792 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 6793 | { |
| 6794 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6795 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; |
| 6796 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 ) |
| 6797 | { |
| 6798 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 ); |
| 6799 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), |
| 6800 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); |
| 6801 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 6802 | } |
| 6803 | } |
| 6804 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) |
| 6805 | { |
| 6806 | ClearSelection(); |
| 6807 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1, |
| 6808 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); |
| 6809 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1, |
| 6810 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); |
| 6811 | } |
| 6812 | else |
| 6813 | return FALSE; |
| 6814 | return TRUE; |
| 6815 | } |
| 6816 | |
| 6817 | return FALSE; |
| 6818 | } |
| 6819 | |
| 6820 | |
| 6821 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection ) |
| 6822 | { |
| 6823 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 6824 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 ) |
| 6825 | { |
| 6826 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 6827 | { |
| 6828 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6829 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; |
| 6830 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 ) |
| 6831 | { |
| 6832 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 ); |
| 6833 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), |
| 6834 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); |
| 6835 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 6836 | } |
| 6837 | } |
| 6838 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) |
| 6839 | { |
| 6840 | ClearSelection(); |
| 6841 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 6842 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 ); |
| 6843 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 6844 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 ); |
| 6845 | } |
| 6846 | else |
| 6847 | return FALSE; |
| 6848 | return TRUE; |
| 6849 | } |
| 6850 | |
| 6851 | return FALSE; |
| 6852 | } |
| 6853 | |
| 6854 | |
| 6855 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection ) |
| 6856 | { |
| 6857 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 6858 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols ) |
| 6859 | { |
| 6860 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 6861 | { |
| 6862 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) |
| 6863 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; |
| 6864 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) |
| 6865 | { |
| 6866 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 ); |
| 6867 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), |
| 6868 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); |
| 6869 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 6870 | } |
| 6871 | } |
| 6872 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) |
| 6873 | { |
| 6874 | ClearSelection(); |
| 6875 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 6876 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 ); |
| 6877 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), |
| 6878 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 ); |
| 6879 | } |
| 6880 | else |
| 6881 | return FALSE; |
| 6882 | return TRUE; |
| 6883 | } |
| 6884 | |
| 6885 | return FALSE; |
| 6886 | } |
| 6887 | |
| 6888 | |
| 6889 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() |
| 6890 | { |
| 6891 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE; |
| 6892 | |
| 6893 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 6894 | if ( row > 0 ) |
| 6895 | { |
| 6896 | int cw, ch; |
| 6897 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 6898 | |
| 6899 | int y = GetRowTop(row); |
| 6900 | int newRow = YToRow( y - ch + 1 ); |
| 6901 | if ( newRow == -1 ) |
| 6902 | { |
| 6903 | newRow = 0; |
| 6904 | } |
| 6905 | else if ( newRow == row ) |
| 6906 | { |
| 6907 | newRow = row - 1; |
| 6908 | } |
| 6909 | |
| 6910 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); |
| 6911 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); |
| 6912 | |
| 6913 | return TRUE; |
| 6914 | } |
| 6915 | |
| 6916 | return FALSE; |
| 6917 | } |
| 6918 | |
| 6919 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() |
| 6920 | { |
| 6921 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE; |
| 6922 | |
| 6923 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 6924 | if ( row < m_numRows ) |
| 6925 | { |
| 6926 | int cw, ch; |
| 6927 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 6928 | |
| 6929 | int y = GetRowTop(row); |
| 6930 | int newRow = YToRow( y + ch ); |
| 6931 | if ( newRow == -1 ) |
| 6932 | { |
| 6933 | newRow = m_numRows - 1; |
| 6934 | } |
| 6935 | else if ( newRow == row ) |
| 6936 | { |
| 6937 | newRow = row + 1; |
| 6938 | } |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); |
| 6941 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); |
| 6942 | |
| 6943 | return TRUE; |
| 6944 | } |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 | return FALSE; |
| 6947 | } |
| 6948 | |
| 6949 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection ) |
| 6950 | { |
| 6951 | if ( m_table && |
| 6952 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 6953 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) |
| 6954 | { |
| 6955 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 6956 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 6957 | |
| 6958 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 6959 | { |
| 6960 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of |
| 6961 | // non-empty cells |
| 6962 | // |
| 6963 | while ( row > 0 ) |
| 6964 | { |
| 6965 | row-- ; |
| 6966 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; |
| 6967 | } |
| 6968 | } |
| 6969 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row-1, col) ) |
| 6970 | { |
| 6971 | // starting at the top of a block: find the next block |
| 6972 | // |
| 6973 | row--; |
| 6974 | while ( row > 0 ) |
| 6975 | { |
| 6976 | row-- ; |
| 6977 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; |
| 6978 | } |
| 6979 | } |
| 6980 | else |
| 6981 | { |
| 6982 | // starting within a block: find the top of the block |
| 6983 | // |
| 6984 | while ( row > 0 ) |
| 6985 | { |
| 6986 | row-- ; |
| 6987 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 6988 | { |
| 6989 | row++ ; |
| 6990 | break; |
| 6991 | } |
| 6992 | } |
| 6993 | } |
| 6994 | |
| 6995 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); |
| 6996 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 6997 | { |
| 6998 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); |
| 6999 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 7000 | } |
| 7001 | else |
| 7002 | { |
| 7003 | ClearSelection(); |
| 7004 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); |
| 7005 | } |
| 7006 | return TRUE; |
| 7007 | } |
| 7008 | |
| 7009 | return FALSE; |
| 7010 | } |
| 7011 | |
| 7012 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) |
| 7013 | { |
| 7014 | if ( m_table && |
| 7015 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 7016 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 ) |
| 7017 | { |
| 7018 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 7019 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 7020 | |
| 7021 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 7022 | { |
| 7023 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of |
| 7024 | // non-empty cells |
| 7025 | // |
| 7026 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) |
| 7027 | { |
| 7028 | row++ ; |
| 7029 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; |
| 7030 | } |
| 7031 | } |
| 7032 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+1, col) ) |
| 7033 | { |
| 7034 | // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block |
| 7035 | // |
| 7036 | row++; |
| 7037 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) |
| 7038 | { |
| 7039 | row++ ; |
| 7040 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; |
| 7041 | } |
| 7042 | } |
| 7043 | else |
| 7044 | { |
| 7045 | // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block |
| 7046 | // |
| 7047 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) |
| 7048 | { |
| 7049 | row++ ; |
| 7050 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 7051 | { |
| 7052 | row-- ; |
| 7053 | break; |
| 7054 | } |
| 7055 | } |
| 7056 | } |
| 7057 | |
| 7058 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); |
| 7059 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 7060 | { |
| 7061 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); |
| 7062 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 7063 | } |
| 7064 | else |
| 7065 | { |
| 7066 | ClearSelection(); |
| 7067 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); |
| 7068 | } |
| 7069 | |
| 7070 | return TRUE; |
| 7071 | } |
| 7072 | |
| 7073 | return FALSE; |
| 7074 | } |
| 7075 | |
| 7076 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) |
| 7077 | { |
| 7078 | if ( m_table && |
| 7079 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 7080 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) |
| 7081 | { |
| 7082 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 7083 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 7084 | |
| 7085 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 7086 | { |
| 7087 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of |
| 7088 | // non-empty cells |
| 7089 | // |
| 7090 | while ( col > 0 ) |
| 7091 | { |
| 7092 | col-- ; |
| 7093 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; |
| 7094 | } |
| 7095 | } |
| 7096 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col-1) ) |
| 7097 | { |
| 7098 | // starting at the left of a block: find the next block |
| 7099 | // |
| 7100 | col--; |
| 7101 | while ( col > 0 ) |
| 7102 | { |
| 7103 | col-- ; |
| 7104 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; |
| 7105 | } |
| 7106 | } |
| 7107 | else |
| 7108 | { |
| 7109 | // starting within a block: find the left of the block |
| 7110 | // |
| 7111 | while ( col > 0 ) |
| 7112 | { |
| 7113 | col-- ; |
| 7114 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 7115 | { |
| 7116 | col++ ; |
| 7117 | break; |
| 7118 | } |
| 7119 | } |
| 7120 | } |
| 7121 | |
| 7122 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); |
| 7123 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 7124 | { |
| 7125 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); |
| 7126 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 7127 | } |
| 7128 | else |
| 7129 | { |
| 7130 | ClearSelection(); |
| 7131 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); |
| 7132 | } |
| 7133 | |
| 7134 | return TRUE; |
| 7135 | } |
| 7136 | |
| 7137 | return FALSE; |
| 7138 | } |
| 7139 | |
| 7140 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) |
| 7141 | { |
| 7142 | if ( m_table && |
| 7143 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 7144 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols-1 ) |
| 7145 | { |
| 7146 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); |
| 7147 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); |
| 7148 | |
| 7149 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 7150 | { |
| 7151 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of |
| 7152 | // non-empty cells |
| 7153 | // |
| 7154 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) |
| 7155 | { |
| 7156 | col++ ; |
| 7157 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; |
| 7158 | } |
| 7159 | } |
| 7160 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col+1) ) |
| 7161 | { |
| 7162 | // starting at the right of a block: find the next block |
| 7163 | // |
| 7164 | col++; |
| 7165 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) |
| 7166 | { |
| 7167 | col++ ; |
| 7168 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; |
| 7169 | } |
| 7170 | } |
| 7171 | else |
| 7172 | { |
| 7173 | // starting within a block: find the right of the block |
| 7174 | // |
| 7175 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) |
| 7176 | { |
| 7177 | col++ ; |
| 7178 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) |
| 7179 | { |
| 7180 | col-- ; |
| 7181 | break; |
| 7182 | } |
| 7183 | } |
| 7184 | } |
| 7185 | |
| 7186 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); |
| 7187 | if ( expandSelection ) |
| 7188 | { |
| 7189 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); |
| 7190 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); |
| 7191 | } |
| 7192 | else |
| 7193 | { |
| 7194 | ClearSelection(); |
| 7195 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); |
| 7196 | } |
| 7197 | |
| 7198 | return TRUE; |
| 7199 | } |
| 7200 | |
| 7201 | return FALSE; |
| 7202 | } |
| 7203 | |
| 7204 | |
| 7205 | |
| 7206 | // |
| 7207 | // ------ Label values and formatting |
| 7208 | // |
| 7209 | |
| 7210 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) |
| 7211 | { |
| 7212 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; |
| 7213 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; |
| 7214 | } |
| 7215 | |
| 7216 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) |
| 7217 | { |
| 7218 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; |
| 7219 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; |
| 7220 | } |
| 7221 | |
| 7222 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) |
| 7223 | { |
| 7224 | if ( m_table ) |
| 7225 | { |
| 7226 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); |
| 7227 | } |
| 7228 | else |
| 7229 | { |
| 7230 | wxString s; |
| 7231 | s << row; |
| 7232 | return s; |
| 7233 | } |
| 7234 | } |
| 7235 | |
| 7236 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) |
| 7237 | { |
| 7238 | if ( m_table ) |
| 7239 | { |
| 7240 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); |
| 7241 | } |
| 7242 | else |
| 7243 | { |
| 7244 | wxString s; |
| 7245 | s << col; |
| 7246 | return s; |
| 7247 | } |
| 7248 | } |
| 7249 | |
| 7250 | |
| 7251 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) |
| 7252 | { |
| 7253 | width = wxMax( width, 0 ); |
| 7254 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) |
| 7255 | { |
| 7256 | if ( width == 0 ) |
| 7257 | { |
| 7258 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); |
| 7259 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); |
| 7260 | } |
| 7261 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) |
| 7262 | { |
| 7263 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); |
| 7264 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); |
| 7265 | } |
| 7266 | |
| 7267 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; |
| 7268 | CalcWindowSizes(); |
| 7269 | Refresh( TRUE ); |
| 7270 | } |
| 7271 | } |
| 7272 | |
| 7273 | |
| 7274 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) |
| 7275 | { |
| 7276 | height = wxMax( height, 0 ); |
| 7277 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) |
| 7278 | { |
| 7279 | if ( height == 0 ) |
| 7280 | { |
| 7281 | m_colLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); |
| 7282 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); |
| 7283 | } |
| 7284 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) |
| 7285 | { |
| 7286 | m_colLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); |
| 7287 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); |
| 7288 | } |
| 7289 | |
| 7290 | m_colLabelHeight = height; |
| 7291 | CalcWindowSizes(); |
| 7292 | Refresh( TRUE ); |
| 7293 | } |
| 7294 | } |
| 7295 | |
| 7296 | |
| 7297 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) |
| 7298 | { |
| 7299 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) |
| 7300 | { |
| 7301 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; |
| 7302 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); |
| 7303 | m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); |
| 7304 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); |
| 7305 | |
| 7306 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7307 | { |
| 7308 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 7309 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 7310 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 7311 | } |
| 7312 | } |
| 7313 | } |
| 7314 | |
| 7315 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) |
| 7316 | { |
| 7317 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) |
| 7318 | { |
| 7319 | m_labelTextColour = colour; |
| 7320 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7321 | { |
| 7322 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 7323 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 7324 | } |
| 7325 | } |
| 7326 | } |
| 7327 | |
| 7328 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) |
| 7329 | { |
| 7330 | m_labelFont = font; |
| 7331 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7332 | { |
| 7333 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 7334 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 7335 | } |
| 7336 | } |
| 7337 | |
| 7338 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) |
| 7339 | { |
| 7340 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used |
| 7341 | switch ( horiz ) |
| 7342 | { |
| 7343 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; |
| 7344 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; |
| 7345 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; |
| 7346 | } |
| 7347 | |
| 7348 | switch ( vert ) |
| 7349 | { |
| 7350 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; |
| 7351 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; |
| 7352 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; |
| 7353 | } |
| 7354 | |
| 7355 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) |
| 7356 | { |
| 7357 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; |
| 7358 | } |
| 7359 | |
| 7360 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) |
| 7361 | { |
| 7362 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; |
| 7363 | } |
| 7364 | |
| 7365 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7366 | { |
| 7367 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 7368 | } |
| 7369 | } |
| 7370 | |
| 7371 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) |
| 7372 | { |
| 7373 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used |
| 7374 | switch ( horiz ) |
| 7375 | { |
| 7376 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; |
| 7377 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; |
| 7378 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; |
| 7379 | } |
| 7380 | |
| 7381 | switch ( vert ) |
| 7382 | { |
| 7383 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; |
| 7384 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; |
| 7385 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; |
| 7386 | } |
| 7387 | |
| 7388 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) |
| 7389 | { |
| 7390 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; |
| 7391 | } |
| 7392 | |
| 7393 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) |
| 7394 | { |
| 7395 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; |
| 7396 | } |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7399 | { |
| 7400 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); |
| 7401 | } |
| 7402 | } |
| 7403 | |
| 7404 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) |
| 7405 | { |
| 7406 | if ( m_table ) |
| 7407 | { |
| 7408 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); |
| 7409 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7410 | { |
| 7411 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0); |
| 7412 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) |
| 7413 | { |
| 7414 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); |
| 7415 | rect.x = 0; |
| 7416 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 7417 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); |
| 7418 | } |
| 7419 | } |
| 7420 | } |
| 7421 | } |
| 7422 | |
| 7423 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) |
| 7424 | { |
| 7425 | if ( m_table ) |
| 7426 | { |
| 7427 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); |
| 7428 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7429 | { |
| 7430 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); |
| 7431 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) |
| 7432 | { |
| 7433 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); |
| 7434 | rect.y = 0; |
| 7435 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; |
| 7436 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); |
| 7437 | } |
| 7438 | } |
| 7439 | } |
| 7440 | } |
| 7441 | |
| 7442 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) |
| 7443 | { |
| 7444 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) |
| 7445 | { |
| 7446 | m_gridLineColour = colour; |
| 7447 | |
| 7448 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 7449 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 7450 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); |
| 7451 | } |
| 7452 | } |
| 7453 | |
| 7454 | |
| 7455 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) |
| 7456 | { |
| 7457 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) |
| 7458 | { |
| 7459 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; |
| 7460 | |
| 7461 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 7462 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 7463 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); |
| 7464 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); |
| 7465 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7466 | } |
| 7467 | } |
| 7468 | |
| 7469 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) |
| 7470 | { |
| 7471 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) |
| 7472 | { |
| 7473 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; |
| 7474 | |
| 7475 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 7476 | { |
| 7477 | if ( enable ) |
| 7478 | { |
| 7479 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 7480 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 7481 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); |
| 7482 | } |
| 7483 | else |
| 7484 | { |
| 7485 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); |
| 7486 | } |
| 7487 | } |
| 7488 | } |
| 7489 | } |
| 7490 | |
| 7491 | |
| 7492 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() |
| 7493 | { |
| 7494 | return m_defaultRowHeight; |
| 7495 | } |
| 7496 | |
| 7497 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) |
| 7498 | { |
| 7499 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); |
| 7500 | |
| 7501 | return GetRowHeight(row); |
| 7502 | } |
| 7503 | |
| 7504 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() |
| 7505 | { |
| 7506 | return m_defaultColWidth; |
| 7507 | } |
| 7508 | |
| 7509 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) |
| 7510 | { |
| 7511 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); |
| 7512 | |
| 7513 | return GetColWidth(col); |
| 7514 | } |
| 7515 | |
| 7516 | // ============================================================================ |
| 7517 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid |
| 7518 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis |
| 7519 | // ============================================================================ |
| 7520 | |
| 7521 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7522 | // setting default attributes |
| 7523 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7524 | |
| 7525 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) |
| 7526 | { |
| 7527 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); |
| 7528 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ |
| 7529 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); |
| 7530 | #endif |
| 7531 | } |
| 7532 | |
| 7533 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) |
| 7534 | { |
| 7535 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); |
| 7536 | } |
| 7537 | |
| 7538 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) |
| 7539 | { |
| 7540 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); |
| 7541 | } |
| 7542 | |
| 7543 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) |
| 7544 | { |
| 7545 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); |
| 7546 | } |
| 7547 | |
| 7548 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) |
| 7549 | { |
| 7550 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(renderer); |
| 7551 | } |
| 7552 | |
| 7553 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) |
| 7554 | { |
| 7555 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(editor); |
| 7556 | } |
| 7557 | |
| 7558 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7559 | // access to the default attrbiutes |
| 7560 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7561 | |
| 7562 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() |
| 7563 | { |
| 7564 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 7565 | } |
| 7566 | |
| 7567 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() |
| 7568 | { |
| 7569 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); |
| 7570 | } |
| 7571 | |
| 7572 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() |
| 7573 | { |
| 7574 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); |
| 7575 | } |
| 7576 | |
| 7577 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) |
| 7578 | { |
| 7579 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); |
| 7580 | } |
| 7581 | |
| 7582 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const |
| 7583 | { |
| 7584 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); |
| 7585 | } |
| 7586 | |
| 7587 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const |
| 7588 | { |
| 7589 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0); |
| 7590 | } |
| 7591 | |
| 7592 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7593 | // access to cell attributes |
| 7594 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7595 | |
| 7596 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) |
| 7597 | { |
| 7598 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7599 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); |
| 7600 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7601 | return colour; |
| 7602 | } |
| 7603 | |
| 7604 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) |
| 7605 | { |
| 7606 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7607 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); |
| 7608 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7609 | return colour; |
| 7610 | } |
| 7611 | |
| 7612 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) |
| 7613 | { |
| 7614 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7615 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); |
| 7616 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7617 | return font; |
| 7618 | } |
| 7619 | |
| 7620 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) |
| 7621 | { |
| 7622 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7623 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); |
| 7624 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7625 | } |
| 7626 | |
| 7627 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) |
| 7628 | { |
| 7629 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7630 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); |
| 7631 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7632 | |
| 7633 | return renderer; |
| 7634 | } |
| 7635 | |
| 7636 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) |
| 7637 | { |
| 7638 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7639 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); |
| 7640 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7641 | |
| 7642 | return editor; |
| 7643 | } |
| 7644 | |
| 7645 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const |
| 7646 | { |
| 7647 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7648 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); |
| 7649 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7650 | return isReadOnly; |
| 7651 | } |
| 7652 | |
| 7653 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7654 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... |
| 7655 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7656 | |
| 7657 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() |
| 7658 | { |
| 7659 | if ( !m_table ) |
| 7660 | { |
| 7661 | return FALSE; |
| 7662 | } |
| 7663 | |
| 7664 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); |
| 7665 | } |
| 7666 | |
| 7667 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() |
| 7668 | { |
| 7669 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) |
| 7670 | { |
| 7671 | wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr); |
| 7672 | m_attrCache.row = -1; |
| 7673 | } |
| 7674 | } |
| 7675 | |
| 7676 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const |
| 7677 | { |
| 7678 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast |
| 7679 | |
| 7680 | self->ClearAttrCache(); |
| 7681 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; |
| 7682 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; |
| 7683 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; |
| 7684 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); |
| 7685 | } |
| 7686 | |
| 7687 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const |
| 7688 | { |
| 7689 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) |
| 7690 | { |
| 7691 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; |
| 7692 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); |
| 7693 | |
| 7694 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 7695 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; |
| 7696 | #endif |
| 7697 | |
| 7698 | return TRUE; |
| 7699 | } |
| 7700 | else |
| 7701 | { |
| 7702 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE |
| 7703 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; |
| 7704 | #endif |
| 7705 | return FALSE; |
| 7706 | } |
| 7707 | } |
| 7708 | |
| 7709 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const |
| 7710 | { |
| 7711 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; |
| 7712 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) |
| 7713 | { |
| 7714 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col) : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; |
| 7715 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); |
| 7716 | } |
| 7717 | if (attr) |
| 7718 | { |
| 7719 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); |
| 7720 | } |
| 7721 | else |
| 7722 | { |
| 7723 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; |
| 7724 | attr->IncRef(); |
| 7725 | } |
| 7726 | |
| 7727 | return attr; |
| 7728 | } |
| 7729 | |
| 7730 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const |
| 7731 | { |
| 7732 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; |
| 7733 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) || !attr ) |
| 7734 | { |
| 7735 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_table, |
| 7736 | _T("we may only be called if CanHaveAttributes() returned TRUE and then m_table should be !NULL") ); |
| 7737 | |
| 7738 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col); |
| 7739 | if ( !attr ) |
| 7740 | { |
| 7741 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; |
| 7742 | |
| 7743 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller |
| 7744 | attr->IncRef(); |
| 7745 | |
| 7746 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); |
| 7747 | } |
| 7748 | |
| 7749 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); |
| 7750 | } |
| 7751 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); |
| 7752 | return attr; |
| 7753 | } |
| 7754 | |
| 7755 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7756 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) |
| 7757 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7758 | |
| 7759 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) |
| 7760 | { |
| 7761 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); |
| 7762 | } |
| 7763 | |
| 7764 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) |
| 7765 | { |
| 7766 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); |
| 7767 | } |
| 7768 | |
| 7769 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) |
| 7770 | { |
| 7771 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; |
| 7772 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) |
| 7773 | { |
| 7774 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; |
| 7775 | } |
| 7776 | |
| 7777 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); |
| 7778 | } |
| 7779 | |
| 7780 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) |
| 7781 | { |
| 7782 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr; |
| 7783 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); |
| 7784 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); |
| 7785 | |
| 7786 | SetColAttr(col, attr); |
| 7787 | } |
| 7788 | |
| 7789 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7790 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table |
| 7791 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7792 | |
| 7793 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 7794 | { |
| 7795 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7796 | { |
| 7797 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); |
| 7798 | } |
| 7799 | else |
| 7800 | { |
| 7801 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 7802 | } |
| 7803 | } |
| 7804 | |
| 7805 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) |
| 7806 | { |
| 7807 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7808 | { |
| 7809 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); |
| 7810 | } |
| 7811 | else |
| 7812 | { |
| 7813 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); |
| 7814 | } |
| 7815 | } |
| 7816 | |
| 7817 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) |
| 7818 | { |
| 7819 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7820 | { |
| 7821 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7822 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); |
| 7823 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7824 | } |
| 7825 | } |
| 7826 | |
| 7827 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) |
| 7828 | { |
| 7829 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7830 | { |
| 7831 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7832 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); |
| 7833 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7834 | } |
| 7835 | } |
| 7836 | |
| 7837 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) |
| 7838 | { |
| 7839 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7840 | { |
| 7841 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7842 | attr->SetFont(font); |
| 7843 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7844 | } |
| 7845 | } |
| 7846 | |
| 7847 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) |
| 7848 | { |
| 7849 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7850 | { |
| 7851 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7852 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); |
| 7853 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7854 | } |
| 7855 | } |
| 7856 | |
| 7857 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) |
| 7858 | { |
| 7859 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7860 | { |
| 7861 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7862 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); |
| 7863 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7864 | } |
| 7865 | } |
| 7866 | |
| 7867 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) |
| 7868 | { |
| 7869 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7870 | { |
| 7871 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7872 | attr->SetEditor(editor); |
| 7873 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7874 | } |
| 7875 | } |
| 7876 | |
| 7877 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) |
| 7878 | { |
| 7879 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) |
| 7880 | { |
| 7881 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); |
| 7882 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); |
| 7883 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 7884 | } |
| 7885 | } |
| 7886 | |
| 7887 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7888 | // Data type registration |
| 7889 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7890 | |
| 7891 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, |
| 7892 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, |
| 7893 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) |
| 7894 | { |
| 7895 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); |
| 7896 | } |
| 7897 | |
| 7898 | |
| 7899 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const |
| 7900 | { |
| 7901 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); |
| 7902 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); |
| 7903 | } |
| 7904 | |
| 7905 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const |
| 7906 | { |
| 7907 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); |
| 7908 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); |
| 7909 | } |
| 7910 | |
| 7911 | wxGridCellEditor* |
| 7912 | wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const |
| 7913 | { |
| 7914 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); |
| 7915 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 7916 | { |
| 7917 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name")); |
| 7918 | |
| 7919 | return NULL; |
| 7920 | } |
| 7921 | |
| 7922 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); |
| 7923 | } |
| 7924 | |
| 7925 | wxGridCellRenderer* |
| 7926 | wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const |
| 7927 | { |
| 7928 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); |
| 7929 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) |
| 7930 | { |
| 7931 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name")); |
| 7932 | |
| 7933 | return NULL; |
| 7934 | } |
| 7935 | |
| 7936 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); |
| 7937 | } |
| 7938 | |
| 7939 | |
| 7940 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7941 | // row/col size |
| 7942 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7943 | |
| 7944 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) |
| 7945 | { |
| 7946 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; |
| 7947 | } |
| 7948 | |
| 7949 | |
| 7950 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) |
| 7951 | { |
| 7952 | m_canDragColSize = enable; |
| 7953 | } |
| 7954 | |
| 7955 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) |
| 7956 | { |
| 7957 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; |
| 7958 | } |
| 7959 | |
| 7960 | |
| 7961 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) |
| 7962 | { |
| 7963 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT ); |
| 7964 | |
| 7965 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) |
| 7966 | { |
| 7967 | InitRowHeights(); |
| 7968 | |
| 7969 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 7970 | } |
| 7971 | } |
| 7972 | |
| 7973 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) |
| 7974 | { |
| 7975 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); |
| 7976 | |
| 7977 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) |
| 7978 | { |
| 7979 | // need to really create the array |
| 7980 | InitRowHeights(); |
| 7981 | } |
| 7982 | |
| 7983 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); |
| 7984 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; |
| 7985 | |
| 7986 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; |
| 7987 | int i; |
| 7988 | for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) |
| 7989 | { |
| 7990 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; |
| 7991 | } |
| 7992 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 7993 | } |
| 7994 | |
| 7995 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) |
| 7996 | { |
| 7997 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH ); |
| 7998 | |
| 7999 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) |
| 8000 | { |
| 8001 | InitColWidths(); |
| 8002 | |
| 8003 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 8004 | } |
| 8005 | } |
| 8006 | |
| 8007 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) |
| 8008 | { |
| 8009 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); |
| 8010 | |
| 8011 | // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here? |
| 8012 | |
| 8013 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) |
| 8014 | { |
| 8015 | // need to really create the array |
| 8016 | InitColWidths(); |
| 8017 | } |
| 8018 | |
| 8019 | int w = wxMax( 0, width ); |
| 8020 | int diff = w - m_colWidths[col]; |
| 8021 | m_colWidths[col] = w; |
| 8022 | |
| 8023 | int i; |
| 8024 | for ( i = col; i < m_numCols; i++ ) |
| 8025 | { |
| 8026 | m_colRights[i] += diff; |
| 8027 | } |
| 8028 | CalcDimensions(); |
| 8029 | } |
| 8030 | |
| 8031 | |
| 8032 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) |
| 8033 | { |
| 8034 | m_colMinWidths.Put(col, width); |
| 8035 | } |
| 8036 | |
| 8037 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) |
| 8038 | { |
| 8039 | m_rowMinHeights.Put(row, width); |
| 8040 | } |
| 8041 | |
| 8042 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const |
| 8043 | { |
| 8044 | long value = m_colMinWidths.Get(col); |
| 8045 | return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; |
| 8046 | } |
| 8047 | |
| 8048 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const |
| 8049 | { |
| 8050 | long value = m_rowMinHeights.Get(row); |
| 8051 | return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; |
| 8052 | } |
| 8053 | |
| 8054 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8055 | // auto sizing |
| 8056 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8057 | |
| 8058 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column ) |
| 8059 | { |
| 8060 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); |
| 8061 | |
| 8062 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if weo nly need one |
| 8063 | int row = -1, |
| 8064 | col = -1; |
| 8065 | if ( column ) |
| 8066 | col = colOrRow; |
| 8067 | else |
| 8068 | row = colOrRow; |
| 8069 | |
| 8070 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; |
| 8071 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; |
| 8072 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) |
| 8073 | { |
| 8074 | if ( column ) |
| 8075 | row = rowOrCol; |
| 8076 | else |
| 8077 | col = rowOrCol; |
| 8078 | |
| 8079 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); |
| 8080 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); |
| 8081 | if ( renderer ) |
| 8082 | { |
| 8083 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); |
| 8084 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; |
| 8085 | if ( extent > extentMax ) |
| 8086 | { |
| 8087 | extentMax = extent; |
| 8088 | } |
| 8089 | |
| 8090 | renderer->DecRef(); |
| 8091 | } |
| 8092 | |
| 8093 | attr->DecRef(); |
| 8094 | } |
| 8095 | |
| 8096 | // now also compare with the column label extent |
| 8097 | wxCoord w, h; |
| 8098 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); |
| 8099 | |
| 8100 | if ( column ) |
| 8101 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); |
| 8102 | else |
| 8103 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); |
| 8104 | |
| 8105 | extent = column ? w : h; |
| 8106 | if ( extent > extentMax ) |
| 8107 | { |
| 8108 | extentMax = extent; |
| 8109 | } |
| 8110 | |
| 8111 | if ( !extentMax ) |
| 8112 | { |
| 8113 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less |
| 8114 | // than default extent but != 0, it's ok) |
| 8115 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; |
| 8116 | } |
| 8117 | else |
| 8118 | { |
| 8119 | if ( column ) |
| 8120 | { |
| 8121 | // leave some space around text |
| 8122 | extentMax += 10; |
| 8123 | } |
| 8124 | else |
| 8125 | { |
| 8126 | extentMax += 6; |
| 8127 | } |
| 8128 | } |
| 8129 | |
| 8130 | if ( column ) |
| 8131 | SetColSize(col, extentMax); |
| 8132 | else |
| 8133 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); |
| 8134 | |
| 8135 | if ( setAsMin ) |
| 8136 | { |
| 8137 | if ( column ) |
| 8138 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); |
| 8139 | else |
| 8140 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); |
| 8141 | } |
| 8142 | } |
| 8143 | |
| 8144 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) |
| 8145 | { |
| 8146 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; |
| 8147 | |
| 8148 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) |
| 8149 | { |
| 8150 | if ( !calcOnly ) |
| 8151 | { |
| 8152 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); |
| 8153 | } |
| 8154 | |
| 8155 | width += GetColWidth(col); |
| 8156 | } |
| 8157 | |
| 8158 | return width; |
| 8159 | } |
| 8160 | |
| 8161 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) |
| 8162 | { |
| 8163 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; |
| 8164 | |
| 8165 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) |
| 8166 | { |
| 8167 | if ( !calcOnly ) |
| 8168 | { |
| 8169 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); |
| 8170 | } |
| 8171 | |
| 8172 | height += GetRowHeight(row); |
| 8173 | } |
| 8174 | |
| 8175 | return height; |
| 8176 | } |
| 8177 | |
| 8178 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() |
| 8179 | { |
| 8180 | // set the size too |
| 8181 | SetSize(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(FALSE), SetOrCalcRowSizes(FALSE)); |
| 8182 | } |
| 8183 | |
| 8184 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const |
| 8185 | { |
| 8186 | // don't set sizes, only calculate them |
| 8187 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast |
| 8188 | |
| 8189 | return wxSize(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(TRUE), |
| 8190 | self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(TRUE)); |
| 8191 | } |
| 8192 | |
| 8193 | void wxGrid::Fit() |
| 8194 | { |
| 8195 | AutoSize(); |
| 8196 | } |
| 8197 | |
| 8198 | |
| 8199 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const |
| 8200 | { |
| 8201 | return wxNullPen; |
| 8202 | } |
| 8203 | |
| 8204 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8205 | // cell value accessor functions |
| 8206 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 8207 | |
| 8208 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) |
| 8209 | { |
| 8210 | if ( m_table ) |
| 8211 | { |
| 8212 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); |
| 8213 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) |
| 8214 | { |
| 8215 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); |
| 8216 | PrepareDC( dc ); |
| 8217 | DrawCell( dc, wxGridCellCoords(row, col) ); |
| 8218 | } |
| 8219 | |
| 8220 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && |
| 8221 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && |
| 8222 | IsCellEditControlShown()) |
| 8223 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, |
| 8224 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from |
| 8225 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. |
| 8226 | { |
| 8227 | HideCellEditControl(); |
| 8228 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table |
| 8229 | } |
| 8230 | } |
| 8231 | } |
| 8232 | |
| 8233 | |
| 8234 | // |
| 8235 | // ------ Block, row and col selection |
| 8236 | // |
| 8237 | |
| 8238 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) |
| 8239 | { |
| 8240 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) |
| 8241 | ClearSelection(); |
| 8242 | |
| 8243 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, FALSE, addToSelected ); |
| 8244 | } |
| 8245 | |
| 8246 | |
| 8247 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) |
| 8248 | { |
| 8249 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) |
| 8250 | ClearSelection(); |
| 8251 | |
| 8252 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, FALSE, addToSelected ); |
| 8253 | } |
| 8254 | |
| 8255 | |
| 8256 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, |
| 8257 | bool addToSelected ) |
| 8258 | { |
| 8259 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) |
| 8260 | ClearSelection(); |
| 8261 | |
| 8262 | m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol, |
| 8263 | FALSE, addToSelected ); |
| 8264 | } |
| 8265 | |
| 8266 | |
| 8267 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() |
| 8268 | { |
| 8269 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); |
| 8270 | } |
| 8271 | |
| 8272 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() |
| 8273 | { |
| 8274 | return ( m_selection->IsSelection() || |
| 8275 | ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && |
| 8276 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) ); |
| 8277 | } |
| 8278 | |
| 8279 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) |
| 8280 | { |
| 8281 | return ( m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || |
| 8282 | ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() && |
| 8283 | col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() && |
| 8284 | row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() && |
| 8285 | col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() ) ); |
| 8286 | } |
| 8287 | |
| 8288 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() |
| 8289 | { |
| 8290 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 8291 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; |
| 8292 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); |
| 8293 | } |
| 8294 | |
| 8295 | |
| 8296 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block |
| 8297 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. |
| 8298 | // |
| 8299 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft, |
| 8300 | const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) |
| 8301 | { |
| 8302 | wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect ); |
| 8303 | wxRect cellRect; |
| 8304 | |
| 8305 | cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft ); |
| 8306 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) |
| 8307 | { |
| 8308 | rect = cellRect; |
| 8309 | } |
| 8310 | else |
| 8311 | { |
| 8312 | rect = wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0 ); |
| 8313 | } |
| 8314 | |
| 8315 | cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight ); |
| 8316 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) |
| 8317 | { |
| 8318 | rect += cellRect; |
| 8319 | } |
| 8320 | else |
| 8321 | { |
| 8322 | return wxGridNoCellRect; |
| 8323 | } |
| 8324 | |
| 8325 | // convert to scrolled coords |
| 8326 | // |
| 8327 | int left, top, right, bottom; |
| 8328 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), &left, &top ); |
| 8329 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); |
| 8330 | |
| 8331 | int cw, ch; |
| 8332 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); |
| 8333 | |
| 8334 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) |
| 8335 | return wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 8336 | |
| 8337 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); |
| 8338 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); |
| 8339 | rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); |
| 8340 | rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); |
| 8341 | |
| 8342 | return rect; |
| 8343 | } |
| 8344 | |
| 8345 | |
| 8346 | |
| 8347 | // |
| 8348 | // ------ Grid event classes |
| 8349 | // |
| 8350 | |
| 8351 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxEvent ) |
| 8352 | |
| 8353 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, |
| 8354 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, |
| 8355 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) |
| 8356 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) |
| 8357 | { |
| 8358 | m_row = row; |
| 8359 | m_col = col; |
| 8360 | m_x = x; |
| 8361 | m_y = y; |
| 8362 | m_selecting = sel; |
| 8363 | m_control = control; |
| 8364 | m_shift = shift; |
| 8365 | m_alt = alt; |
| 8366 | m_meta = meta; |
| 8367 | |
| 8368 | SetEventObject(obj); |
| 8369 | } |
| 8370 | |
| 8371 | |
| 8372 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxEvent ) |
| 8373 | |
| 8374 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, |
| 8375 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, |
| 8376 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) |
| 8377 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) |
| 8378 | { |
| 8379 | m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol; |
| 8380 | m_x = x; |
| 8381 | m_y = y; |
| 8382 | m_control = control; |
| 8383 | m_shift = shift; |
| 8384 | m_alt = alt; |
| 8385 | m_meta = meta; |
| 8386 | |
| 8387 | SetEventObject(obj); |
| 8388 | } |
| 8389 | |
| 8390 | |
| 8391 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxEvent ) |
| 8392 | |
| 8393 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, |
| 8394 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, |
| 8395 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, |
| 8396 | bool sel, bool control, |
| 8397 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) |
| 8398 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) |
| 8399 | { |
| 8400 | m_topLeft = topLeft; |
| 8401 | m_bottomRight = bottomRight; |
| 8402 | m_selecting = sel; |
| 8403 | m_control = control; |
| 8404 | m_shift = shift; |
| 8405 | m_alt = alt; |
| 8406 | m_meta = meta; |
| 8407 | |
| 8408 | SetEventObject(obj); |
| 8409 | } |
| 8410 | |
| 8411 | |
| 8412 | #endif // ifndef wxUSE_NEW_GRID |